Polyseal Total Sealing Technology

ontents ompany Profile Product Range Index Product Range Section / Piston Seals Section B S/ Piston Seals Section Rod Seals Section Rod Wipers Section E Bearing rings Section F ORings & Backup Rings Other laron Group Products ppendix 1 Guide To Seal Selection ppendix 2 Materials ompatibility & Storage Polyseal Total Sealing Technology Polyseal is a registered trade name of laron Hydraulic Seals Ltd. Elastomer Based Seals: laron Hydraulic Seals Ltd. Station Road, radley Heath West Midlands. B64 6PN UK Tel. +44 () 121 559 9711 Fax. +44 () 121 559 136 EMail: sales@claronseals.co.uk Website: www.claronseals.co.uk PTFE / Plastic Faced Seals: laron Hydraulic Services Yalberton Industrial Estate, Paignton evon, TQ4 7QL UK Tel. +44 () 183 528852 Fax. +44 () 183 525134 EMail: sales@claron.co.uk Website: www.claron.co.uk PTFE Stock Shapes: laron (Plastics) Ltd. Yalberton Industrial Estate, Paignton evon, TQ4 7QL UK Tel. +44 () 183 528677 Fax. +44 () 183 525134 EMail: plastics@claron.co.uk Website: www.claron.co.uk ppendix 3 Seal Installation ppendix 4 Tolerance Tables ppendix 5 Terms & onditions Of Sale Health & Safety t Work ct opyright 1998 laron Hydraulic Seals Ltd This catalogue may not be altered in any way, copied or reproduced in any form without written permission. www.claron.co.uk for updated information

The laron Group of companies is one of the leading manufacturers of high quality hydraulic and pneumatic sealing products, marketing a range of seals under the Polyseal trade name. Based in the UK, it has expanded rapidly since its formation in 1973 and since 1985 has continued to develop modern manufacturing plants in both the West Midlands and South evon. high level of expertise in the manufacture of rubber and plastics products enables the group to coordinate the design and manufacture of high quality seals using many specialist materials. Various combinations of rubber/fabric, polyurethane s, PTFE ompounds, TPE, POM, UHMWPE, VESPEL, PEEK and Phenolic along with other high performance materials enables the Group to offer an extremely comprehensive range of sealing products. The extensive knowledge of modern materials necessary for the production of the Polyseal range of products and the further development of specialist processing methods also provide the facilities for other complementary ranges of products and customer related services. laron is the UK s largest manufacturer of stock shapes based on PTFE compounds specifically developed for sealing systems. The quality of this range of products has gained the approval and widespread use of many diverse industries whether supplied as P.T.F.E. semifinished products or machined components. The trend towards the supply of quality seal kits, packaged to meet the requirements of both production and aftermarket sales is also uniquely accommodated by the Group, being ideally suited to the many diverse methods of manufacture available. laron is not only a market leader but unique within the UK for the range of products manufactured. With the exception of both ORing production all the products shown in this catalogue are manufactured by laron within the UK, utilising modern inhouse plant and stringent quality procedures to ISO Standards. The Group is uniquely equipped to meet the demands of today s sealing technology and a continuing policy of product development with a commitment to quality and excellence ensures that the Group will continue to be capable of meeting the future demands of the Hydraulics and Pneumatic industries with products at the forefront of technology. The laron Group operate a quality management system, accredited through the BSI, to the BS EN ISO 92; 1994 standard. laron Group Products Hydraulic & Pneumatic Seals Seal Kits Precision Rubber Mouldings PTFE Stock shapes Bellows & omponents Plastics, Gaskets Valve Seats

Type laronpolyseal Product Range Profile Style escription SPS ouble acting NBR piston seal for one piece pistons, incorporating Polyester antiextrusion rings & POM bearing rings Temp. Pressure Bar Speed M/Sec Maximum NonSimultaneous onditions 3 to 1 5.5 vailability Inch Page 1 SPS ouble acting NBR piston seal for one piece pistons, incorporating P.T.F.E. antiextrusion rings & POM bearing rings. 3 to 1 25.5 2 P ouble acting NBR piston seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement. 3 to 1 4.5 3 PE ouble acting NBR piston seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement & clip on POM antiextrusion rings. 3 to 1 4.5 4 ouble cting Piston Seals Section PW PW.../L JS/H PS ouble acting NBR piston seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement & clip on POM antiextrusion Bearing rings. ouble acting NBR piston seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement & full width POM antiextrusion Bearing rings. ouble acting NBR piston seal with polyester antiextrusion headers. ouble acting NBR piston seal for one piece pistons, incorporating Hytrel antiextrusion rings & POM bearing rings. 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 4 4 6 6.5.5.5.5 " 5 6 7 8 SF ouble acting NBR rubberised fabric piston seal incorporating POM antiextrusion header. 3 to 1 6.8 " 9 PRF PF ouble acting NBR rubberised fabric piston seal incorporating POM or NBR filler ring. 3 to 1 4.5 " 1 all SPW ouble acting NBR energised Bronze filled PTFE piston seal for one piece pistons, incorporating MoS 2 filled P antiextrusion rings. 3 to 1 5 4. 11 SPG ouble acting NBR energised Glass filled PTFE piston seal for one piece pistons. 4 to 12 8 1 " 12 PR1

Type Single cting Piston Seals Section B ouble cting Piston Seals laronpolyseal Product Range Profile Style escription S 8 SPGI S 5 841 S2 S4 Ring SE P P GP PRU PFU ouble acting NBR energised 98 Shore Polyurethane piston seal for one piece pistons to ISO/European housing standards. ouble acting NBR energised 98 Shore Polyurethane piston seal for one piece pistons to Japanese housing standards ouble acting NBR energised Bronze filled PTFE piston seal for one piece pistons. ouble acting NBR energised PTFE piston seal for one piece pistons. ouble acting NBR energised Bronze filled PTFE piston seal for one piece pistons ouble acting NBR energised PTFE piston seal for ORing housings to BS186 & BS4518. Single acting NBR piston / rod seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement. Single acting NBR piston / rod seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement. Single acting USection NBR piston / rod seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement. Single acting USection NBR piston / rod seal. Single acting USection NBR rubberised fabric piston / rod seal. Temp. Pressure Speed vailability Bar M/Sec Inch Page Maximum NonSimultaneous onditions 3 to 1 3 to 1 5 to 2 5 to 2 5 to 2 5 to 2 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 45 45 8 35 8 35 4 4 4 15 4 1. 1. 1 1 1.5.5.5.5.5 " " " " 13 14 15 16 17 18 all B1 B2 B3 B4 all B5 all PR2

Type laronpolyseal Product Range Profile Style escription PE Single acting NBR piston seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement & clip on POM antiextrusion ring. Temp. Pressure Bar Speed M/Sec Maximum NonSimultaneous onditions 3 to 1 4.5 vailability Inch Page " B6 PEO Single acting NBR piston seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement & clip on POM antiextrusion ring. 3 to 1 4.5 " B7 GPE Single acting USection NBR piston seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement & clip on POM antiextrusion ring. 3 to 1 4.5 B8 PW Single acting NBR piston seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement & clip on POM bearing ring. 3 to 1 4.5 " B9 Single cting Piston Seals Section B GPW PW.../L PU PU.../P FP Single acting USection NBR piston seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement & clip on POM Bearing ring. Single acting NBR piston seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement & full width POM bearing ring. Single acting USection U piston / rod seal. Single acting symetric U piston seal. Single acting NBR rubberised fabric piston seal. 3 to 1 3 to 1 4 to 11 4 to 11 3 to 1 4 4 4 4 17.5.5.5.5.5 B1 B11 B12 B13 B14 PR Single acting NBR piston seal. 3 to 1 35.5 B15 all 851 Single acting NBR energised Bronze filled PTFE piston seal for one piece pistons. 5 to 2 8 1 B16 PE Single acting NBR piston seal. 3 to 1 1.5 B17 all PR3

Type laronpolyseal Product Range Profile Style escription Temp. Pressure Speed vailability Bar M/Sec Inch Page Maximum NonSimultaneous onditions Rod Seals Section B PSR P P GP PI PEI PV PVM PS POM piston seal retaining ring. Single acting NBR rod / piston seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement. Single acting NBR rod / piston seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement. Single acting USection NBR rod / piston seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement. Single acting NBR rod seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement & clip on POM antiextrusion ring. Single acting NBR rod seal with rubberised fabric reinforcement & clip on POM antiextrusion ring. Single acting NBR rubberised fabric rod / piston seal. PVM include NBR VRings as standard Single acting NBR rod seal incorporating a Polyester antiextrusion header & POM antiextrusion rings. 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 4 4 4 4 4 7 6.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5 " " " " B18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 EGS Single acting NBR rod seal incorporating rubberised fabric reinforcement and polyester anti extrususion header. 3 to 1 4.5 " 8 PU Single acting USection U rod / piston seal. 4 to 11 4.5 9 PU.../F Single acting USection U rod / piston seal. 3 to 1 4.5 1 PU.../G Single acting symetric U rod seal. 4 to 11 4.5 11 PR4

Type laronpolyseal Product Range Profile Style escription Temp. Pressure Bar Speed M/Sec Maximum NonSimultaneous onditions vailability Inch Page PG Single acting symetric U rod seal with secondary sealing lip. 4 to 11 4.5 12 PS Single acting solid section U rod seal. 4 to 11 4.5 " 13 PU.../OR Single acting USection U rod seal with NBR energiser. 4 to 11 4.5 14 PUI.../OR Single acting USection U rod seal with NBR energiser & MoS 2 filled P antiextrusion rings. 4 to 11 5.5 " 15 Rod Seals Section PGI.../OR HBI S6 Single acting USection U rod seal with NBR energiser, MoS 2 filled P antiextrusion rings, & secondary sealing lip Single acting USection U rod seal with POM antiextrusion rings. ouble acting NBR energised Bronze filled PTFE rod seal. 4 to 11 4 to 11 5 to 2 5 5 8.5.5 1 " " 16 17 18 741 ouble acting NBR energised Bronze filled PTFE rod seal. 5 to 2 8 1 18 751 ouble acting NBR energised Bronze filled PTFE rod seal. 5 to 2 8 1 18 S1 S3 ouble acting NBR energised PTFE rod seal. 5 to 2 35 1 19 HBT Single acting NBR energised Bronze filled PTFE rod seal. 5 to 2 8 1 2 HBTY Single acting NBR energised filled PTFE tandem seal. 3 to 12 4 1 " 21 PR5

Type laronpolyseal Product Range Profile Style escription SI ouble acting NBR energised PTFE rod seal for ORing housings to BS186 & BS4518. Temp. Pressure Speed vailability Bar M/Sec Inch Page Maximum NonSimultaneous onditions 3 to 12 35 22 all PFU Single acting USection NBR rubberised fabric rod / piston seal. 3 to 1 4.5 23 all Rod Wipers Section Rod Seals Section PRU PI PRF PF PFI PF PWB PWO PWS PWM Single acting USection NBR rod / piston seal. Single acting USection NBR rod seal. Single acting NBR rubberised fabric rod seal incorporating POM or NBR filler ring. Single acting NBR rubberised fabric rod seal. Single acting NBR rubberised fabric rod seal. Single acting NBR light duty rod wiper. Single acting NBR medium to heavy duty rod wiper. Single acting NBR medium to heavy duty rod wiper. Single acting NBR medium to heavy duty rod wiper. 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 3 to 1 15 1 4 2 2.5.5.5.5.5 3. 3. 3. 3. " " " 24 all 25 all 26 all 27 all 28 all 1 2 3 4 WM Single acting NBR medium to heavy duty rod wiper. 3 to 1 3. " 5 PR6

Type laronpolyseal Product Range Profile Style escription Temp. Pressure Bar Speed M/Sec Maximum NonSimultaneous onditions vailability Inch Page PWE Twinlip NBR medium to heavy duty rod wiper. 3 to 1 3. " 6 SWM SW Single lip MoS 2 filled P medium to heavy duty rod wiper. 4 to 1 7 PMW Single lip metal cased U medium to heavy duty Press fit rod wiper. 4 to 11 3. " 8 PFB Twinlip metal cased NBR medium to heavy duty Press fit rod wiper. 3 to 1 3. " 9 PFP Twinlip metal cased U medium to heavy duty Press fit rod wiper. 4 to 11 3. " 1 Rod Wipers UPWM PW Single lip U medium to heavy duty rod wiper. Twinlip U medium to heavy duty rod wiper. 4 to 11 4 to 11 3. 3. " " 11 12 EW Single lip U heavy duty rod wiper. 4 to 11 3. " 13 931 Single lip NBR energised PTFE light to heavy duty rod wiper. 5 to 2 1 14 941 Twinlip NBR energised PTFE light to heavy duty rod wiper. 5 to 2 1 14 PWH Twinlip NBR light duty rod wiper. 3 to 1 3. " 15 all PWN Twinlip NBR medium to heavy duty rod wiper. 3 to 1 3. " 16 all PR7

Type laronpolyseal Product Range Profile Style escription Temp. Pressure Bar Speed M/Sec Maximum NonSimultaneous onditions vailability Inch Page ORings & Backup Rings Section F Bearing Rings Section E PW EBR IBR BT T BGF PBR BS.../OR7 BS.../OR9 BS.../ORP BS.../ORV BS... BS.../E Single lip U medium to heavy duty rod wiper. POM rod/piston bearing rings. Bronze or arbon filled PTFE rod/piston bearing rings. Glass filled P rod/piston bearing rings. Reinforced Phenolic resin rod / piston bearing rings. NBR ORings 75 IRH. NBR ORings 9 IRH. U ORings. P.T.F.E. ORings. P.T.F.E. ntiextrusion rings to suit ORings in Spiral, Endless, or Endless Split styles. 4 to 11 4 to 11 6 to 2 11 15 4 to 13 3 to 1 4 to 11 2 to +26 2 to +2 See Table See Table See Table See Table 1 35 4 4 3. 1 15 115 3 " 17 E1 E2 E3 E4 F1 all F2 all F3 all F4 BS.../ES LL PROUTS RE PROUE IN HOUSE IN THE U.K. EXEPT FOR BULK RUBBER O RING PROUTION. PR8

laronpolyseal Section ouble cting Piston Seals

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal SPS Imperial esigned for use on one piece pistons, the five part assembly consists of an endless precision rubber moulded sealing element supported at each end with angle split support rings. The support rings are designed to accommodate split Polyacetal antiextrusion bearing rings. The design allows the anti extrusion bearing rings to react positively to increasing pressures. The final assembly provides a robust sealing unit designed to operate at higher pressures. The seal is also suitable for existing two piece pistons of the same housing dimensions. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 3 to 8 3 to 1.5 4 Bar 3 Bar.15 5 Bar 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Fit seal onto the piston in the following sequence. 1 Rubber Sealing Element 2 Support Rings 3 Polyacetal bearing rings. It is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. Refer to ppendix 3 for check list. 11

laron H1 Ø 1 h9 Ød 1 laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal SPS Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances h9 h11 +.63 +.1. Nominal Minimum Maximum Maximum +.38 Ød 2 Ød 3 L 1 L 2 S R 1 R 2 * SPS 12594/2 SPS 157125/1 SPS 17594 SPS 196133 SPS 196133/4 32 4 4 5 5 24 32 24 34 34 28. 36. 35.4 45.4 46. 31.4 39.4 38.65 48.65 49.4 15.12 15.12 18. 18. 2.12 3.2 3.2 6.35 6.35 3.1 4. 4. 8. 8. 8..4.4.4.4.4.2.2.2.2.2 SPS 196149 SPS 196157/1 SPS 216153 SPS 236173 SPS 236173/4 5 5 55 6 6 38 4 39 44 44 46. 41. 51. 55.4 56. 49.4 49. 54.4 58.65 59.4 2.12 1 2.12 18. 2.12 4.2 3.1 6.35 3.1 6. 8. 8. 8..4.4.4.4.4.2.4.2.2.2 SPS 236177 SPS 236188 SPS 248185 SPS 248185/4 SPS 2482 6 6 63 63 63 45 48 47 47 51 55.4 56. 58.4 59. 59. 58.65 59.4 61.65 61.5 62.4 22.12 2.12 19. 2.12 2.12 6.35 4.2 6.35 3.1 4.2 7.5 6. 8. 8. 6..4.4.4.4.4.2.2.2.2.2 SPS 24828/1 SPS 255196 SPS 275196 SPS 275216 SPS 275212/4 63 65 7 7 7 53 5 5 55 54 6. 6 64.15 64.15 66. 62. 63.65 68.35 68.35 68.5 1 18. 22. 22.12 2.12 6.35 6.35 6.35 3.1 7.5 1. 7.5 8..4.4.4.4.4.4.2.2.2.2 SPS 275228 SPS 314236 SPS 314244/4 SPS 314255 SPS 314255/1 7 8 8 8 8 58 6 62 65 65 66. 74.15 76. 74.15 76. 69.4 78.35 78.5 78.35 78.5 2.12 22. 22.12 22.12 2. 4.2 6.35 3.6 6.35 6. 1. 9. 7.5 7.5 4..4.4.4.4.4.2.2.2.2.4 SPS 314259 SPS 354275 SPS 354275/1 SPS 354299 SPS 393295 8 9 9 9 1 66 7 7 76 75 76. 84.15 84.15 86. 93.15 79.4 88.35 88.35 89.4 98. 22.12 22. 29.62 22.12 22. 5.2 6.35 6.35 5.2 6.35 7. 1. 1. 7. 1 6.5.4.4.4.4.4.2.2.2.2.2 SPS 393314 SPS 393334 SPS 393338 SPS 433334 SPS 433354 1 1 1 11 11 8 85 86 85 9 94.15 96. 96. 13.1 13.1 98.35 98.5 99.4 18. 18. 29.62 2. 22.12 22. 29.62 6.35 5.2 6.35 6.35 1. 7.5 7. 1 1. 4. 6.5.4.4.4.4.4.2.4.2.2.2 SPS 472393 SPS 492393 SPS 492393/1 SPS 492425 SPS 511433 12 125 125 125 13 1 1 1 18 11 113.1 118. 118. 121. 123.8 118. 123. 123. 12 128. 29.62 2 2 26.12 29.62 6.35 12.7 6.35 5.7 6.35 1. 1 1 8.5 1. 6.5 6.5.4.4.4.4.4.2.2.2.2.2 SPS 629531 SPS 629551 16 16 135 14 152.6 151.4 157. 158.5 2 24.62 9.52 1 1 1. 6.5.4.4.2.2 Items in BOL are to suit ISO 6547 Housings Items marked * comprise of sealing element and two split bearing rings only 12

laron H1 Ø 1 laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal h9 Ød 1 SPS Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Imperial h9 h11 +.25" +.4. Nominal Minimum +" Maximum Ød 2 Ød 3 L 1 L 2 S R 1 R 2 SPS 175112 SPS 2137 SPS 225162 SPS 237175 SPS 25187 1.75 2. 2.25 2.375 1.125 1.375 1.625 1.75 1.875 1.57 1.82 2.69 2.194 2.319 1.698 1.948 2.197 2.322 2.446.8.8.8.8.8 SPS 2752 SPS 3225 SPS 32525 SPS 325262 SPS 35275 2.75 3. 3.25 3.25 3.5 2. 2.25 2.625 2.75 22 2.772 3.21 3.21 3.271 2.685 2.935 3.184 3.184 3.434.937.937.937.775.937.245.8.8.8.8.8 SPS 35285 SPS 3753 SPS 4325 SPS 4337 SPS 4535 3.5 3.75 4.5 2.85 3. 3.25 3.375 3.5 3.272 3.52 3.77 3.772 4.229 3.46 3.683 3.933 3.96 4.422.775.937.937.775 1.25.295.245.325.218.8.8.8.8 SPS 54 SPS 5425 SPS 65 6. 4.25 4.79 4.772 5.79 4.92 4.96 5.92 1.25.963 1.25.245.218.218.8 13

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal SPS Imperial esigned for use on one piece pistons, the five part assembly comprises of a precision moulded rubber sealing element to which are fitted endless P.T.F.E. antiextrusion ring son the O.. The anti extrusion rings are designed to be pre loaded on assembly thus effecting a more positive sealing arrangement. Split Polyacetal antiextrusion bearing rings are added either side to provide support for the piston head. This compact one piece piston seal has proven to be popular and effective over a wide range of applications. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 3 to 8 3 to 1.5 175 Bar 11 Bar.15 25 Bar 16 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Fit seal onto the piston in the following sequence. 1 Solid nti Extrusion Ring. 2 Rubber Sealing Element 3 Solid nti Extrusion Ring. 4 Polyacetal bearing rings. It is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. Refer to appendix 3 for check list. 21

laron H1 Ø 1 laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal h9 Ød 1 SPS Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances h9 h9 Ød 2 Ød 3 + +. +.13.13 L 1 L 2 Nominal Minimum Maximum S R 1 R 2 * SPS 9868 SPS 11882/4 SPS 12586 SPS 157118 SPS 196157 25 3 32 4 5 17.5 21. 22. 3. 4. 21.3 27. 27.5 35.5 45.5 24. 29. 31. 39. 49. 8.5 13.5 11. 11. 11. 3.25 2. 4. 4. 4. 3.75 4.5 2..2.2.2.2.2 SPS 216177 SPS 24828 SPS 314275 SPS 393342 SPS 49244 55 63 8 1 125 4 53. 7. 87. 112. 5.5 58.5 75.5 93.8 118.8 54. 61.5 78.5 98.5 123.5 11. 11. 11. 14. 14. 4. 4. 4. 6. 6. 6.5 6.5 4. 4..2.2.2.4.4 * This size comprises Rubber Sealing Element and two Split Bearing Rings only. 22

laron H1 Ø 1 laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal SPS Imperial Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances h9 h9 h9 +.25".5 Nominal Minimum Maximum +". Ød 1 Ød 2 Ød 3 L 1 L 2 S R 1 R 2 * SPS 168 SPS 1675 SPS 12594 SPS 15112 SPS 175137 1. 1.62 1.25 1.5 1.75.687.937 1.125 1.375.829.9 1.79 1.324 1.574.937 1. 1.187 1.437 1.687.343.343.437.437.62.15.15.78.93.78.93.93.8.8.8.8.8 SPS 175137/1 SPS 2162 SPS 2162/1 SPS 2372 SPS 252 1.75 2. 2. 2.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 2. 2. 1.638 1.824 1.888 2.195 2.32 1.71 1.937 1.96 2.312 2.46.49.437.49.437.65.245.15.245.15.245.93.93.93.93.8.8.8.8.8 SPS 25212 SPS 275225 SPS 275237 SPS 3237 SPS 3262 2.75 2.75 3. 3. 2.125 2.25 2.375 2.375 2.625 2.325 7 75 2.772 2.825 2.437 2.71 2.687 2.96 2.937.437.65.437.775.437.15.15.245.15.93.93.93.8.8.8.16.8 SPS 325287 SPS 353 SPS 375325 SPS 435 3.25 3.5 3.75 2.875 3. 3.25 3.5 3.75 3.27 3.52 3.77 3.187 3.437 3.687 3.937.437.562.562.562.15.21.21.21.93.8.8.8.8 Items marked * comprise of Sealing Element and two Split Bearing Rings only. 23

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal P Imperial esigned for use on split pistons, the seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber element with bonded rubberised fabric reinforcements. The seal is designed with initial radial interference such that when fitted low pressure sealing is effected. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within its surface, thus reducing friction and wear. Style P has proven to be effective over a wide range of applications. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F Pressure Bar 5 4 3 2 1.1.2.3.4.5 F (mm) ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 31

laron laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal P Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H11 js11 +.25. Nominal Minimum Maximum Ø 1 Ød 1 L 1 S R 1 P 9859 P 12586 P 15798/1 P 17712 P 196137/1 25 32 4 45 5 15 22 25 26 35 1 1 19. 2 19. 7.5 9.5 7.5 4. 4..4.4.6.8.6 P 216157 P 236157/1 P 236177/1 P 248169 P 248188 55 6 6 63 63 4 4 45 43 48 19. 2 19. 2 19. 7.5 1. 7.5 1. 7.5 4. 4. 4..6.8.6.8.6 P 275196/2 P 314236/2 P 354275/1 P 393314 P 433354 7 8 9 1 11 5 6 7 8 9 2 2 2 2 2 1. 1. 1. 1. 1..8.8.8.8.8 P 472393 P 492393/2 P 551472 P 57492 P 59492/1 12 125 14 145 15 1 1 12 125 125 2 32. 2 2 32. 1. 1 1. 1. 1 6.5 6.5.8 1.2.8.8 1.2 P 629531 P 629551 16 16 135 14 32. 2 1 1. 6.5 1.2.8 32

laron laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal P Imperial Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H11 js11 +.25" +" Nominal Minimum Maximum Ø 1 Ød 1 L 1 S R 1 P 7537/1 P 875 P 162 P 11262 P 11262/1.875 1. 1.125 1.125.625.625.625.468.468.625.93.93.93.8.8.8 P 12575 P 13787 P 151 P 1621 P 175112 1.25 1.375 1.5 1.625 1.75.875 1. 1. 1.125.625.625.625.25.25 P 2137 P 21215 P 225162 P 237175 P 25187 2. 2.125 2.25 2.375 1.375 1.5 1.625 1.75 1.875.25.25.25.25.25 P 2622 P 2752 P 3225 P 3225/4 P 32525 2.625 2.75 3. 3. 3.25 2. 2. 2.25 2.25.937.937.593.937.25.31.31.31.31 P 32525/3 P 35275 P 3753 P 4325 P 42324/1 3.25 3.5 3.75 4.24 2.75 3. 3.25 3.245.562.937.937.937.875.389.31.31.31.31.31 P 42535 P 4535 P475375 P 54 P 525425 4.25 4.5 4.75 5.25 3.5 3.5 3.75 4.25.937 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25.218.218.218.218.31.46.46.46.46 P 5545 P 65 P 76 P 87 5.5 6. 7. 8. 4.5 6. 7. 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25.218.218.218.218.46.46.46.46 33

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal Imperial PE esigned for use on split pistons, the seal is a precision moulded rubber element with rubberised fabric reinforcements. Style PE is fitted with Polyacetal antiextrusion rings on the O.. to allow larger machining clearances between the piston head and cylinder bore, and to permit higher working pressures. The seal is designed with sufficient radial sectional interference that on complete assembly low pressure sealing is effected. The supporting rubberised fabric has the capability of retaining the sealing media thus assisting in reducing friction and wear. Style PE has proven to be effective over a wide range of applications. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 41

laron H11 Ø 1 laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal PE Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 +.63.38 Nominal Minimum Maximum Ød 1 L 1 S R 1 PE 9847 PE 11866 PE 15794 PE 177114 PE 188125 25 3 4 45 48 12 17 24 29 32 12 15 18 18 18 6.5 6.5 8. 8. 8. 4. 4. 4..4.4.4.4.4 PE 196133 PE 216153/1 PE 236173/1 PE 248185 PE 255196 5 55 6 63 65 34 39 44 47 5 18 18 18 19 18 8. 8. 8. 8. 7.5 4. 4. 4. 4. 4..4.4.4.4.6 PE 275196 PE 295216 PE 314236 PE 334255 PE 354275 7 75 8 85 9 5 55 6 65 7 22 22 22 22 22 1. 1. 1. 1. 1..8.8.8.8.8 PE 393295 PE 393314 PE 413314 PE 433334/1 PE 452354 1 1 15 11 115 75 8 8 85 9 22 25 22 22 22 1 1. 1 1 1 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 1.2.8 1.2 1.2 1.2 PE 472374 PE 492393 PE 531433 PE 551472 PE 57472 12 125 135 14 145 95 1 11 12 125 22 25 25 25 25 1 1 1 1. 1. 6.5 6.5 6.5 1.2 1.2 1.2.8.8 PE 59492 PE 629511 15 16 125 13 25 25 1 1 6.5 7.5 1.2 1.2 42

laron laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal PE Imperial Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H11 js11 +.25" +" Nominal Minimum Maximum Ø 1 Ød 1 L 1 S R 1 PE 162 PE 11262 PE 12575 PE 151 PE 162112 1. 1.125 1.25 1.5 1.625.625.625 1. 1.125.468.625.625.625.93.8 PE 175112 PE 2137 PE 21215 PE 225162 PE 237175 1.75 2. 2.125 2.25 2.375 1.125 1.375 1.5 1.625 1.75.25.25.25.25.25 PE 25187 PE 25187/1 PE 2622 PE 2752 PE 3225 2.625 2.75 3. 1.875 1.875 2. 2. 2.25.937.937.937.25.25.25.31.31 PE 3225/1 PE 312237 PE 32525 PE 35275 PE 3753 3. 3.125 3.25 3.5 3.75 2.25 2.375 2.75 3. 1.125.937.937.937.937.31.31.31.31.31 PE 387312 PE 4325 PE 42535 PE 4535 PE 4535/1 3.875 4.25 4.5 4.5 3.125 3.25 3.5 3.5 3.5.937.937.937 1.25 1.5.218.218.31.31.31.46.46 PE 475375 PE 54 PE 525425 PE 5545 PE 545/2 4.75 5.25 5.5 5.5 3.75 4.25 4.5 4.5 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.5.218.218.218.218.218.46.46.46.46.46 PE 575475 PE 65 PE 6555 PE 76 PE 87 5.75 6. 6.5 7. 8. 4.75 5.5 6. 7. 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25.218.218.218.218.218.46.46.46.46.46 43

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal PW Imperial esigned for use on split pistons, the seal is a precision moulded rubber element with rubberised fabric reinforcements. Style PW is fitted with clip on antiextrusion bearing rings on the O.. to allow larger machining clearances between the piston head and cylinder bore, and to permit higher working pressures. The Polyacetal bearing rings also support the piston head under side load conditions thus preventing metal to metal contact. The bearing rings are an integral part of the seal therefore react directly to operating pressures thus closing the extrision gap. The seal is designed with sufficient radial sectional interference that on complete assembly low pressure sealing is effected. The supporting rubberised fabric has the capability of retaining the sealing media thus assisting in reducing friction and wear. Style PW has proven to be effective over a wide range of applications. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 51

laron H11 Ø 1 js11 Ød 1 laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal PW Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js1 js11 +.63 +.1. Nominal Minimum Maximum Maximum.38 Ød 2 Ød 3 L 1 L 2 S R 1 R 2 PW 9847 PW 11866 PW 15794 PW 177114 PW 188125 25 3 4 45 48 12 17 24 29 32 21.45 26.45 35.4 4 43.35 23.75 28.95 38.65 43.65 46.65 12 15 18 18 18 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.5 6.5 8. 8. 8. 4. 4. 4..4.4.4.4.4.2.2.2.2.2 PW 196133 PW 216153/1 PW 236173/1 PW 248185 PW 255196 5 55 6 63 65 34 39 44 47 5 45.4 5 55.4 58.4 6 48.65 53.65 58.65 61.65 63.65 18 18 18 19 18 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 8. 8. 8. 8. 7.5 4. 4. 4. 4. 4..4.4.4.4.6.2.2.2.2.2 PW 275196 PW 295216 PW 314236 PW 334255 PW 354275 7 75 8 85 9 5 55 6 65 7 64.15 69.15 74.15 79.15 84.15 68.35 73.35 78.35 83.35 88.35 22 22 22 22 22 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 1. 1. 1. 1. 1..8.8.8.8.8.2.2.2.2.2 PW 393295 PW 393314 PW 413314 PW 433334 PW 433334/1 1 1 15 11 11 75 8 8 85 85 93.15 94.15 98.1 13.1 13.1 98. 98.35 13.35 18. 18. 22 25 22 25 22 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 1 1. 1 1 1 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 1.2.8 1.2 1.2 1.2.4.2.4.4.4 PW 452354 PW 472374 PW 492393 PW 531433 PW 543433 115 12 125 135 138 9 95 1 11 11 18.1 113.1 118.1 128. 131. 113. 118. 123. 133. 136. 22 22 25 25 25 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 1 1 1 1 14. 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 7.5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2.4.4.4.4.4 PW 551472 PW 57472 PW 59492 PW 629511 14 145 15 16 12 125 125 13 134.5 138.3 143. 153. 138.35 143. 148. 158. 25 25 25 25 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 1. 1. 1 1 6.5 7.5.8.8 1.2 1.2.2.2.4.4 52

laron laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal PW Imperial Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H11 js11 js1 js11 +.25" +.4. Nominal Minimum Maximum Maximum +" Ø 1 Ød 1 Ød 2 Ød 3 L 1 L 2 S R 1 R 2 PW 162 PW 11262 PW 12575 PW 151 PW 151/S 1. 1.125 1.25 1.5 1.5.625.625 1. 1..883.986 1.111 1.36 1.36.964 1.83 1.28 1.458 1.458.468.625.625.625.188.93.8.8.8.8.8.8 PW 162112 PW 175112 PW 2137 PW 21215 PW 225162 1.625 1.75 2. 2.125 2.25 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.5 1.625 1.485 1.57 1.82 1.944 2.69 1.583 1.698 1.948 2.74 2.197.625.25.25.25.25.8.8.8.8.8 PW 237175 PW 25187 PW 25187/1 PW 2622 PW 2752 2.375 2.625 2.75 1.75 1.875 1.875 2. 2. 2.194 2.319 2.32 2.443 22 2.322 2.446 2.437 71 2.685.937.937.25.25.25.25.31.8.8.8.8.8 PW 3225 PW 3225/1 PW 312237 PW 32525 PW 35275 3. 3. 3.125 3.25 3.5 2.25 2.25 2.375 2.75 2.772 2.772 2.896 3.21 3.271 2.935 2.935 3.6 3.184 3.434.937 1.125.937.937.937.31.31.31.31.31.8.8.8.8.8 PW 3753 PW 387312 PW 4325 PW 42535 PW 4535 3.75 3.875 4.25 4.5 3. 3.125 3.25 3.5 3.5 3.52 3.646 3.77 4.19 4.229 3.683 3.89 3.933 4.182 4.422.937.937.937.937 1.25.218.31.31.31.31.46.8.8.8.8 PW 4535/1 PW 475375 PW 54 PW 525425 PW 5545 4.5 4.75 5.25 5.5 3.5 3.75 4.25 4.5 4.229 4.478 4.728 4.977 5.227 4.422 4.671 4.921 5.17 5.42 1.5 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25.218.218.218.218.218.46.46.46.46.46 PW 5545/2 PW 575475 PW 65 PW 6555 PW 76 5.5 5.75 6. 6.5 7. 4.5 4.75 5.5 6. 5.232 5.475 5.726 6.226 6.724 5.437 5.669 5.919 6.419 6.917 1.5 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25.37.218.218.218.218.218.46.46.46.46.46 PW 87 PW 9585 8. 9.5 7. 8.5 7.723 9.225 7.915 9.418 1.25 1.25.218.218.46.46 53

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal PW/L Imperial esigned for use on split pistons, the seal is a precision moulded rubber element with rubberised fabric reinforcements as style P but with additional full width Polyacetal antiextrusion bearing rings at each end to allow larger machining clearances between the piston head and cylinder bore, and to permit higher working pressures. The Polyacetal bearing rings also support the piston head under side load conditions thus preventing metal to metal contact. The seal is designed with sufficient radial sectional interference that on complete assembly low pressure sealing is effected. The supporting rubberised fabric has the capability of retaining the sealing media thus assisting in reducing friction and wear. Style PW/L has proven to be effective over a wide range of applications and is a popular alternative for existing housing designs. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 61

laron H11 Ø 1 laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal Js11 Ød 1 PW/L Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances h9 js11 Ød 2 Ød 3 +.25. +..15 L 1 L 2 Nominal Minimum Maximum S R 1 R 2 PW 9859/L PW 12586/L PW 13787/L PW 15798/1L PW 17712/L 25 32 35 4 45 1 22. 22.3 2 26. 21.8 28.8 31.52 34.8 38.8 24. 31. 34. 39. 43. 15.5 15.5 19.4 24. 31. 6.3 6. 6.5 6.35 7.5 9.5 3. 4. 3.5.2.2.2.2.2 PW 196137/1L PW 216157/L PW 236157/1L PW 248169/L PW 248188/L 5 55 6 63 63 3 4. 4. 43. 48. 44.8 49.8 53.8 56.8 57.8 48.5 53.5 58.5 61.5 61.5 24. 24. 31. 31. 24. 6. 6. 7. 7. 6. 7.5 7.5 1. 1. 7.5 4. 4. 4..2.2.2.2.2 PW 275196/2L PW 314236/2L PW 354275/1L PW 3933141L PW 433354/L 7 8 9 1 11 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 63.8 73.8 83.8 93.8 13.8 68. 78. 88. 98. 18. 31. 31. 31. 31. 31. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1..2.2.2.2.2 PW 472393/L PW 492393/2L PW 551472/L PW 57492/L PW 59492/1L 12 125 14 145 15 1. 1. 12. 12 12 113.8 118.8 133.8 138.8 143.5 118. 123. 138. 143. 148. 31. 38. 31. 31. 38. 7. 9.5 7. 7. 6.45 1. 1 1. 1. 1 6.5 6.5.2.4.2.2.4 PW 629531/L PW 629551/L 16 16 13 14. 153.8 153.8 158. 158. 38. 31. 9.5 7. 1 1. 6.5.4.2 62

laron H11 Ø 1 laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal Js11 Ød 1 PW/L Imperial Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances h9 js11 +.25" +.5" Nominal Minimum Maximum +". Ød 2 Ød 3 L 1 L 2 S R 1 R 2 PW 7537/1L PW 162/L PW 11262/1L PW 12575/L PW 13787/L 1. 1.125 1.25 1.375.625.625.875.615.865.99 1.115 1.241.718.968 1.93 1.218 1.343.593.593.182.182.241.245.245.93.93.8.8.8.8.8 PW 151/L PW 1621/L PW 175112/L PW 2137/L PW 225162/L 1.5 1.625 1.75 2. 2.25 1. 1. 1.125 1.375 1.625 1.365 1.428 1.552 1.82 2 1.468 1.562 1.687 1.937 2.187.937.937.937.937.245.245.245.245.245.8.8.8.8.8 PW 237175/L PW 25187/L PW 2622/L PW 2752/L PW 3225/L 2.375 2.625 2.75 3. 1.75 1.875 2. 2. 2.25 2.177 2.32 2.428 2.482 2.732 2.312 2.437 62 2.687 2.937.937.937.937 1.187 1.187.245.245.245.245.245.8.8.8.8.8 PW 3225/4L PW 32525/L PW 35275/L PW 3753/L PW 4325/L 3. 3.25 3.5 3.75 2.25 2.75 3. 3.25 2.732 2.982 3.232 3.482 3.732 2.937 3.187 3.437 3.687 3.937.843 1.187 1.187 1.187 1.187.245.245.245.245.245.8.8.8.8.8 PW 42535/L PW 4535/L PW 475375/L PW 54/L PW 525425/L 4.25 4.5 4.75 5.25 3.5 3.5 3.75 4.25 3.982 4.232 4.482 4.732 4.982 4.187 4.437 4.687 4.937 5.187 1.187 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5.245.37.37.37.37.218.218.218.218.8 PW 5545/L PW 65/L PW 6555/L PW 76/L 5.5 6. 6.5 7. 4.5 5.5 6. 5.232 5.732 6.232 6.732 5.437 5.937 6.437 6.937 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5.37.37.37.37.218.218.218.218 63

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal JS.../H Imperial esigned for use on one piece pistons, the three part assembly consists of an endless precision rubber moulded sealing element supported at each end with split polyester support rings. The seal is also suitable for existing two piece pistons of the same housing dimensions. These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Pressure Bar 5 4 3 2 1 Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar Maximum iametral learance F.1.2.3.4.5 F (mm) ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1. The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 71

laron laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal JS.../H Imperial Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H11 js11 +.63 Nominal Minimum Maximum.38 Ø 1 Ød 1 L 1 S R 1 JS 112/H JS 137/H JS 15/H JS 162/H JS 175/H 1.125 1.375 1.5 1.625 1.75 1. 1.125 1.25 1.375.452.452.452.452.452.9.9.9.9.9.8.8.8.8.8 JS 2/H JS 225/H JS 25/H JS 3/H JS 325/H 2. 2.25 3. 3.25 1.5 1.75 2. 2.75.587.587.587.587.587.8.8.8.8.8 JS 35/H JS 375/H JS 4/H JS 45/H JS 5/H 3.5 3.75 4.5 3. 3.25 3.25 3.75 4.25.587.587.78.78.78.8.8.8.8.8 JS 55/H 5.5 4.75.78.8 72

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal PS Imperial laron Style PS double acting piston seal is a 5 piece assembly consisting of a Nitrile Rubber sealing element supported by 2 thermoplastic elastomer headers with cetal antiextrusion bearing rings on the O.. The complete assembly forms a highly robust sealing unit for use in high pressure applications where shock loads and pressure spikes are present. This seal is widely used in the mobile plant industry. Maximum Pressure ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber Max Speed Temp. Range IN Hydraulic Fluid escription m/s 3 to 1 H Mineral oil without additives 1.5 325 Bar HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1.15 6 Bar HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 These range parameters are Maximum conditional values. HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PS is designed to be fitted onto a split piston as shown in the illustration below. The seal can be supplied split to ease fitting if required. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 81

laron H 11 Ø 1 laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal PS Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances h 1 js 1 js 11 +.6 +.2 +.4. Ød 1 Min Max. Ød 2 Ød 3 L 1 L 2 S R 1 R 2 PS 393314 PS 433354 PS 492393 1. 11. 12 8. 9. 1. 92.6 12.6 116.8 97.5 17.4 122.3 3 3 4 9.52 9.52 12.7 1. 1. 1 6.5 82

laron H 11 Ø 1 laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal PS Imperial Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances h 1 js 1 js 11 +.25 +.5 Min Max. +. Ød 1 Ød 2 Ød 3 L 1 L 2 S R 1 R 2 PS 362287 PS 4325 PS 4535 PS 54 PS 65 3.625 4.5 6. 2.875 3.25 3.5 3.33 3.71 4.18 4.675 5.675 3.53 3.9 4.4 4.9 5.9 1.375 1.375 1.75 1.75 1.75.218.218.218.8.8 83

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal SF laron Style SF is a single acting piston seal which may also be arranged back to back in pairs to form a double acting piston assembly. The sealing element is manufactured from fabric reinforced Nitrile Rubber with either an cetal or fabric reinforced Header ring. The seal assembly forms a highly robust unit resistant to shock loads and high pressures typically found in mobile plant equipment. These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to appendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F Pressure Bar 6 5 4 3 2 1 Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.8 4 Bar.15 6 Bar.1.2.3.4.5 F (mm) ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style SF is designed to fit back to back on a split piston. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 91

laron H9 Ø 1 laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal h11 Ød 1 SF Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +. e8 +.3.3. Nominal Minimum Maximum Ød 2 Ød 3 L 1 S R 1 SF 15798 SF 196137 SF 248188 SF 275196 SF 314236 4. 5. 63. 7. 8. 2 3 48. 5. 6. 39. 49. 62. 68.5 78.5 4. 5. 63. 7. 8. 9.5 9.5 9.5 1 1 7.5 7.5 7.5 1. 1..8.8.8.8.8 SF 314236FH SF 393314 SF 393314FH SF 413334 SF 413334/1FH 8. 1. 1. 1 1 6. 8. 8. 8 8 78.5 98.5 98.5 13.5 13.5 8. 1. 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 13.5 1. 1. 1. 1. 1..8.8.8.8.8 SF 433354FH SF 452354 SF 452354FH SF 492393 SF 492393FH 11. 11 11 12 12 9. 9. 9. 1. 1. 18.5 113.5 113.5 123.5 123.5 11. 11 11 12 12 1 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 1. 1 1 1 1 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5.8 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 SF 511413 SF 551472 SF 551472FH 13. 14. 14. 1 12. 12. 128.5 138.5 138.5 13. 14. 14. 17. 1 1 1 1. 1. 6.5 1.2.8.8 Items in BOL are to suit ISO 5597 housings. Suffix FH denotes Fabric reinforced header. 92

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal SPW esigned for use on one piece pistons, the seal assembly consists of a filled PTFE high performance outer sleeve, pre loaded and pressure energised by a precision moulded NBR element. These two components are protected from extrusion at either side by the fitting of two low friction plastic antiextrusion rings making the seal highly resistant to shock loads as found in heavy duty mobile equipment. The housing dimensions are those used in standard metric J.I.S. cylinders. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 3 to 8 3 to 1 4 35 Bar 28 Bar 2 5 Bar 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of m ineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 111

laron H9 Ø 1 laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal SPW Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +..2 Ød 1 +.2. L 1 Nominal SPW 5 SPW 6 SPW 65 SPW 7 SPW 75 5 6 65 7 75 36 46 5 55 6 9. 9. 11. 11. 11. 4. 4. SPW 8 SPW 85 SPW 9 SPW 95 SPW 1 8 85 9 95 1 65 7 75 8 85 11. 11. 11. 11. 1 SPW 15 SPW 18 SPW 11 SPW 115 SPW 12 15 18 11 115 12 9 93 95 1 15 1 1 1 1 1 6.5 6.5 SPW 125 SPW 13 SPW 135 SPW 14 SPW 145 125 13 135 14 145 12 17 112 117 122 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 SPW 15 SPW 16 SPW 165 SPW 17 SPW 18 15 16 165 17 18 127 137 142 147 157 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 SPW 185 SPW 19 SPW 2 SPW 21 SPW 225 185 19 2 21 225 162 167 177 187 22 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 SPW 25 25 222 17.5 7.5 112

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal Imperial SPG laron composite seals Style SPG are designed as high pressure, Low Friction oublecting Piston Seals for use in heavy duty hydraulic cylinders as found in mobile equipment to merican designs. laron Style SPG consists of a glass filled high performance P.T.F.E. sealing eliment, energised by a precision moulded rectangular section NBR rubber. ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids Temp 4 to 12 Pressure upto 8 bar Velocity upto 15m/s These range parameters are maximum conditional values. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum Working Pressure for Standard seal applications using specified tolerances and clearances. Temp. range Temp. range 3 to 8 8 to 12 8bar 35 bar Polyure thane / Nitrile om pos ite IN Hydra ulic Fluid escription H Mine ral oil with out additiv es 1 HL Mine ral Fluid with anti c orrosion an d anti ag eing additives 1 HL P Mine ral oil as HL p lus additives re ducin g wea r, r aising load 1 HL P Miner al o il as HLP b ut with de tergents and dispe rsants 1 HV Min era l oil as HL P plus impr oved viscosity tem p. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthe tic oil i n water. Water conte nt 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of wate r in mineral oil. Wate r conte nt 4 % 4 HF queous polyme r solu tions. Wate r con tent 35 % NS HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HE TG Vegetable Oil ba se d 6 HEES Fully synthetic e ster ba se d NS iametrical learance F shown in the graph is calculated as the maximum permissible extrusion gap, allowing for movement due to side load, for various pressures and temperatures upto 8. This product is intended for use with either STYLE PBR or STYLE BGF Bearing Rings which effectively reduce the Radial clearance to a value nearer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability. The maximum seal extrusion gap should be calculated allowing for all tolerances, movement and cylinder expansion. For pressures > 4 bar, the seal extrusion gap should be reduced by utilising smaller tolerances. e.g H8 for ylinder bore, f8 for piston diameter either side of the seal. issue 1 22/4/99 121

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal Imperial SPG For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 values see Bearing Housing laron H9 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +. +.1.2. Nominal Ød 1 L 1 S Nominal SPG2 SPG25 SPG275 SPG3 SPG325 2. 2.75 3. 3.25 1.625 2.125 2.375 2.468 2.718.19.19.19.19.19.268.268.1.1.1.15.15 SPG35 SPG375 SPG4 SPG425 SPG45 3.5 3.75 4.25 4.5 2.968 3.218 3.338 3.588 3.838.19.19.268.333.333.333.333.15.15.18.18.18 SPG475 SPG5 SPG525 SPG55 SPG6 4.75 5.25 5.5 6. 4.88 4.238 4.488 4.738 5.12.383.383.383.451.451.18.2.2.2 SPG625 SPG65 SPG7 SPG725 SPG825 6.25 6.5 7. 7.25 8.25 5.352 5.62 6.12 6.352 7.23.451.451.451.451.512.26 SPG925 SPG15 9.25 1 8.23 9.42.437.512.542.26.26 issue 1 22/4/99 122

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal S 8 esigned for use on one piece pistons, laron Style S8 consists of a precision moulded high performance 98 Shore Polyurethane outer sleeve, pre loaded and pressure energised by a square section NBR 8 Shore rubber element. The compact design allows smaller width pistons to be used, and offers excellent wear resistance on a wide range of surface finishes. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 3 to 8 3 to 1 1. 28 Bar 25 Bar.5 45 Bar 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids Polyure thane / Nitrile om pos ite IN Hydra ulic Fluid escription H Mine ral oil with out additiv es 1 HL Mine ral Fluid with anti c orrosion an d anti ag eing additives 1 HL P Mine ral oil as HL p lus additives re ducin g wea r, r aising load 1 HL P Miner al o il as HLP b ut with de tergents and dispe rsants 1 HV Min era l oil as HL P plus impr oved viscosity tem p. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthe tic oil i n water. Water conte nt 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of wate r in mineral oil. Wate r conte nt 4 % 4 HF queous polyme r solu tions. Wate r con tent 35 % NS HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HE TG Vegetable Oil ba se d 6 HEES Fully synthetic e ster ba se d NS Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 values see Bearing Housing 131

laronpolyseal laron H9 Ø 1 ouble cting Piston Seal S 8 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.2 h9. Ød 1 L 1 Nominal S Nominal S 82 S 825 S 83 S 832 S 84 2 25 3 32 4 1 17.5 2 24.5 29. 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 5.5 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. S 84/2 S 845 S 85 S 85/2 S 855/2 4 45 5 5 55 24.5 34. 39. 34.5 39.5 6.3 4.2 4.2 6.3 6.3 7.75 5.5 5.5 7.75 7.75 4. 3. 3. 4. 4. S 86 S 86/2 S 863 S 863/2 S 865/2 6 6 63 63 65 49. 44.5 52. 47.5 49.5 4.2 6.3 4.2 6.3 6.3 5.5 7.75 5.5 7.75 7.75 3. 4. 3. 4. 4. S 865/4 S 87 S 87/2 S 875/2 S 88 65 7 7 75 8 52. 59. 54.5 59.5 64.5 6.3 4.2 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.5 5.5 7.75 7.75 7.75 3. 3. 4. 4. 4. S 89 S 81 S 81/2 S 81/4 S 811/2 9 1 1 1 11 74.5 84.5 79. 86.5 89. 6.3 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 7.75 7.75 1.5 6.75 1.5 4. 4. 4. S 812/2 S 8125/2 S 813/2 S 814 S 815 12 125 13 14 15 99. 14. 19. 119. 129. 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 S 816 S 818 S 82 16 18 2 139. 159. 179. 8.1 8.1 8.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 132

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal SPGI esigned for use on one piece pistons. The seal consists of a precision moulded high performance 98 Shore Polyurethane outer sleeve, pre loaded and pressure energised by a square section NBR 8 Shore rubber element. The compact design allows smaller width pistons to be used. The seal offers excellent wear resistance on a wide range of surface finishes. Sizes conform to standard Japanese housings. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 3 to 8 3 to 1 1. 28 Bar 25 Bar.5 45 Bar 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F ontinuous operating temperature for variuos fluids Polyure thane / Nitrile om pos ite IN Hydra ulic Fluid escription H Mine ral oil with out additiv es 1 HL Mine ral Fluid with anti c orrosion an d anti ag eing additives 1 HL P Mine ral oil as HL p lus additives re ducin g wea r, r aising load 1 HL P Miner al o il as HLP b ut with de tergents and dispe rsants 1 HV Min era l oil as HL P plus impr oved viscosity tem p. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthe tic oil i n water. Water conte nt 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of wate r in mineral oil. Wate r conte nt 4 % 4 HF queous polyme r solu tions. Wate r con tent 35 % NS HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HE TG Vegetable Oil ba se d 6 HEES Fully synthetic e ster ba se d NS Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing 141

laronpolyseal laron H9 Ø 1 ouble cting Piston Seal SPGI Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.2 h9. Ød 1 L 1 Nominal S Nominal SPGI 3 SPGI 31.5 SPGI 32 SPGI 4 SPGI 5 3. 31.5 32. 4. 5. 22. 2 3. 4. 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.75 4.75 4.75 2. 3.5 3.5 3.5 4. SPGI 6 SPGI 63 SPGI 65 SPGI 7 SPGI 75 6. 63. 6 7. 7 5. 48. 5. 5 6. 4.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. SPGI 8 SPGI 9 SPGI 1 SPGI 125 SPGI 14 8. 9. 1. 12 14. 6 7 8 19. 124. 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 8. 8. 6.5 6.5 SPGI 16 SPGI 18 SPGI 2 SPGI 22 SPGI 224 16. 18. 2. 22. 224. 144. 158. 178. 198. 22. 7.5 11. 11. 11. 11. 8. 11. 11. 11. 11. 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 SPGI 25 25. 228. 11. 11. 6.5 142

S5 841 laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal S5 841 laron omposite Seals Style S5 and Style 841 are designed as high pressure, low friction oubleacting piston seals for use in heavy duty hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders. laron omposite Seals Style 841 is specifically designed for minimum leakage and slow rotary applications using the same housing designs as Style S5 The inclusion of radial grooves on the P.T.F.E. element, from 2mm diameter onwards, allows rapid response to bidirectional pressure changes. Standard materials are Bronze filled P.T.F.E with a Nitrile ORing Energiser but both the outer sealing element and the energiser are available in a wide range of high performance materials to suit a variety of applications. The application parameters should be carefully considered prior to selecting suitable materials from the tables in ppendix 2. onsult laron for further advice. Temp 54 to 2 ependent upon ORing Material used Pressure upto 8 bar Velocity upto 15m/s These range parameters are maximum conditional values Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum Working Pressure for Standard seal applications using specified tolerances. Temp. range Temp. range 3 to 8 8 to 12 4bar 35 bar iametrical learance F shown in the graph to the right is calculated as the maximum permissible extrusion gap, allowing for movement due to side load, for various pressures and temperatures upto 8. The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the Radial clearance to a value nearer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. The maximum seal extrusion gap should be calculated allowing for all tolerances, movement and cylinder expansion. For pressures > 4 bar, the seal extrusion gap should be reduced by utilising smaller tolerances. e.g H8 for ylinder bore, f8 for piston diameter. The full range of diameters applicable to the Standard, Light and Heavy uty Sections are shown in the table below Housing ylinder Bore Section Width Standard Light (/1) Heavy (/2) 2.2 8 to 14.9 15 to 39.9 3.75 3.2 15 to 39.9 4 to 79.9 5.5 4.2 4 to 79.9 8 to 132.9 15 to 39.9 7.75 6.3 8 to 132.9 133 to 329.9 4 to 79.9 1.5 8.1 133 to 329.9 33 to 58 8 to 132.9 12.25 8.1 33 to 58 133 to 329.9 1 9.5 33 to 58 151

S5 841 laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal S5 841 When ordering, prefix the size reference with the style required and use the suffix shown in the material application tables ppendix 2. e.g. S5 Standard section in Bronze filled material for 7mm diameter S57/B S5 Light duty section in Glass filled material for 7 mm diameter S57/1G 841 Heavy duty section in arbon filled material for 7 mm diameter 8417/2 For ORing energiser materials other than Nitrile, use suffix shown in material table, ppendix 2. e.g Flourocarbon material (FKM), S57/B/FKM For surface finish and lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For Housing dimensions and tolerances refer to the table of recommended sizes, and ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For F/2 values see note & tables For E/2 refer to Guide Tape page For the seal to function correctly it is important that care is taken during fitting. For details refer to ppendix 3 152

laronpolyseal Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances laron Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances laron S51/B S512/B S514/B S515/B S516/1B S516/B S518/B S52/1B S52/B S522/B S525/B S525/2B S5254/B S528/B S53/B S532/2B S532/B S535/B S536/B S5381/B S54/1B S54/B S542/B S545/B S548/B S55/1B S55/2B S55/B S558/B S552/B S555/B S56/B S563/1B S563/2B S563/B S5635/B S565/B S57/2B S57/B S575/B S58/1B S58/2B S58/B S585/2B S585/B S59/2B S59/B S595/2B S595/B S51/1B S51/2B S51/B S5116/B S515/2B S515/B 1. 12. 1 1 16. 16. 18. 2. 2. 22. 2 2 25.4 28. 3. 32. 32. 3 36. 38.1 4. 4. 42. 4 48. 5. 5. 5. 5.8 52. 5 6. 63. 63. 63. 63.5 6 7. 7. 7 8. 8. 8. 8 8 9. 9. 9 9 1. 1. 1. 11.6 1 1 7. 9. 7.5 11. 8.5 1.5 1 1 14.5 17.5 1 17.9 2 21. 24.5 27.5 28.5 3.6 3 29. 31. 3 37. 4 34.5 39. 39.8 41. 4 49. 55.5 47.5 52. 5 5 54.5 59. 6 69. 59. 64.5 6 69.5 69. 74.5 7 79.5 89. 79. 84.5 86.1 8 89.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.2 2.2 3.2 3.2 2.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 3.2 6.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 3.2 6.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 6.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 4.2 8.1 6.3 6.3 8.1 6.3 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 5.5 3.75 3.75 3.75 5.5 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 3.75 7.75 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 3.75 7.75 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.75 5.5 5.5 5.5 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 5.5 1.5 7.75 7.75 1.5 7.75.3.3.3.5.3.5.5.3.5.5.5.8.5.5.5.8.5.5.5.5.5.8.8.8.8.5 1.2.8.8.8.8.8.5 1.2.8.8.8 1.2.8.8.8 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2.8 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.2.2.2.2.3.2.3.3.2.3.3.3.35.3.3.3.35.3.3.3.3.3.35.35.35.35.3.35.35.35.35.35.3.35.35.35.35.35.35.5.5.5.5.35.5.5 S511/2B S511/B S51143/B S5115/2B S5115/B S512/2B S512/B S5125/2B S5125/B S5127/B S513/2B S513/B S5135/B S514/B S515/B S51524/B S516/1B S516/2B S516/B S517/B S518/B S519/B S52/1B S52/2B S52/B S521/B S522/B S5225/B S523/B S524/B S525/2B S525/B S526/B S528/B S53/B S532/2B S532/B S535/B S536/B S538/B S54/B S542/B S545/B S548/B S55/B 11. 11. 114.3 11 11 12. 12. 12 12 127. 13. 13. 13 14. 15. 152.4 16. 16. 16. 17. 18. 19. 2. 2. 2. 21. 22. 22 23. 24. 25. 25. 26. 28. 3. 32. 32. 35. 36. 38. 4. 42. 45. 48. 5. 89. 94.5 98.8 9 99.5 99. 14.5 1 19.5 111.5 19. 114.5 11 119. 129. 131.4 144.5 135.5 139. 149. 159. 169. 184.5 175.5 179. 189. 199. 2 29. 219. 225.5 229. 239. 259. 279. 295.5 299. 325.5 335.5 355.5 375.5 395.5 425.5 455.5 475.5 8.1 6.3 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 6.3 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 6.3 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 1.5 7.75 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 7.75 12.25 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 7.75 12.25 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 12.25 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 12.25 1.5 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.6.5.5.5.5.6.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.6.5.6.6.6.6.6.6.6.6 imensions in bold type conform to ISO 74251 :1988 Intermediate sizes upto 58mm are available, incl. Imperial F/2 MX Ød 1 h9 L 1 +.2. S Nom Sec R 1 MX Ø 1 H9 F/2 MX Ød 1 h9 L 1 +.2. S Nom Sec R 1 MX Ø 1 H9 ouble cting Piston Seal S5 841 841 S5 153

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal. S 2 Imperial S 4 S2 S4 laron composite seals styles S2 and S 4 are designed for use in light duty hydraulic or pneumatic piston applications. Style S2 covers the range of imperial sizes, and S4 the metric sizes. laron composite seals style S2 and S4 as standard comprise of a Virgin PTFE outer sleeve and are energised by a 75 shore hardness Nitrile rubber ORing. full range of materials are available to suit a variety of applications. See tables in ppendix 2. Maximum Working Pressure for Standard seal applications using specified tolerances. Temp Range: 4 to +12 (ependent upon energiser material. See ppendix 2) Max. Pressure: 35 Bar Max. Linear Speed: 15m/s These range parameters are maximum conditional values Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.. Refer to ppendix 1 section for further information. iametral learance 'F' 'F' shown in the size tables is based upon Virgin P.T.F.E., temperatures up to 8 o and 35 Bar pressure in designs where PTFE guide tape is utilised. For other pressures, refer to the graph shown below. 'F ' M X. (M M ).8.7.6.5.4.3.2.1 5 1 15 2 25 3 35 PRESSURE ( BR) ' F '.8" /.2M M ' F '.12" /.3M M ' F '.16" /.4M M To use this graph, refer to the tables on for the max. value of 'F' at 35 Bar then apply the relevant curve for the various pressures. The maximum extrusion gap 'F/2' should be calculated allowing for all movements due to tolerances, sideloads and cylinder expansion. When ordering, quote the size reference shown on the dimensions table. If an energiser material other than the standard nitrile type is required, consult laron for the part number to be used. For the seal to function correctly it is important that care is taken during fitting. For details refer to ppendix 3. For F/2 values see note & Tables For E/2 refer to Guide Tape 161

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal. S 2 Imperial Sizes S 4 Sizes Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances laron Part No. Tol. H9 L 1 On. R 1 Ø 1 ±.3 S S Max F Max (35 Bar) laron Part No. Tol. H9 L 1 On. R 1 Ø 1 ±.3 S S Max F Max (35 Bar) S 231 S 234 S 237 S 243 S 25 S 256 S 262 S 268 S 275 S 281 S 287 S 293 S 21 S 216 S 2112 S 2118 S 2125 S 2131 S 2137 S 2143 S 215 S 2156 S 2162 S 2168 S 2175 S 2187 S 22 S 2212 S 2225 S 2237 S 225 S 2262 S 2275 S 2287 S 23 S 2312 S 2325 S 2337 S 235 S 2362 S 2375 S 2387 S 24 S 2412 S 2425 S 2437 S 245 S 2462 S 2475 S 2487 S 25 S 2512 S 2525 S 2537 S 255 S 2562 S 2575 S 2587 S 26 S 2612 S 2625 S 2637 S 265 S 2662 S 2675 S 27 S 275 S 28 S 285 S 29 S 295 S 21 S 212.343.437.562.625.687.812.875.937 1. 1.62 1.125 1.187 1.25 1.312 1.375 1.437 1.5 1.562 1.625 1.687 1.75 1.875 2. 2.125 2.25 2.375 2.625 2.75 2.875 3. 3.125 3.25 3.375 3.5 3.625 3.75 3.875 4.125 4.25 4.375 4.5 4.625 4.75 4.875 5.125 5.25 5.375 5.5 5.625 5.75 5.875 6. 6.125 6.25 6.375 6.5 6.625 6.75 7. 7.5 8. 8.5 9. 9.5 1. 12..94.141.188.281.8.111.152.244.328 +.2. +.3. +.4. +.4. +.5..1.2.3.4.4.8.8.8.12.16 S 48 S 49 S 41 S 411 S 412 S 413 S 414 S 415 S 416 S 417 S 418 S 42 S 422 S 423 S 424 S 425 S 426 S 427 S 428 S 429 S 43 S 431 S 432 S 433 S 434 S 435 S 436 S 437 S 438 S 439 S 44 S 441 S 442 S 443 S 444 S 445 S 447 S 448 S 449 S 45 S 453 S 455 S 456 S 46 S 463 S 465 S 47 S 473 S 475 S 48 S 485 S 49 S 41 S 415 S 411 S 4115 S 412 S 4125 S 413 S 4135 S 414 S 4145 S 415 S 416 S 4165 S 417 S 4175 S 42 S 425 S 432 8 9 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 2 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 4 41 42 43 44 45 47 48 49 5 53 55 56 6 63 65 7 73 75 8 85 9 1 15 11 115 12 125 13 135 14 145 15 16 165 17 175 2 25 32 2.4 3.6 4.8 7.15 9.5 2.15 3. 6.2 8.4 +.5. +.75. +.1. +.1. +.1..25.5.75 1. 1..2.2.2.3 162

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal Ring laron Ring Seals are designed as high pressure, low friction oubleacting piston seals for use in heavy duty hydraulic cylinders. The seals high pressure resistance makes it suitable for use in heavy duty applications where shock loads and pressure spikes occur, as found in mobile plant equipment. The inclusion of radial grooves on the P.T.F.E. element allows rapid response to bidirectional pressure changes. Standard materials are Bronze Filled P.T.F.E. Outer Ring with a Nitrile ORing Energiser but both the outer sealing element and the energiser are available in a wide range of high performance materials to suit a variety of applications. The application parameters should be carefully considered prior to selecting suitable materials from the tables. onsult laron for further advice. Temp. 54 to 2 ependent upon ORing Material used Pressure upto 8 bar Velocity upto 15m/s These range parameters are maximum conditional values Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 section for further information. Maximum Working Pressure for Standard seal applications using specified tolerances. Temp. range Temp. range 3 to 8 8 to 12 4bar 35 bar iametral learance F shown in the graph to the right is calculated as the maximum permissible extrusion gap, allowing for movement due to side load, for various pressures and temperatures up to 8. The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the Radial clearance to a value nearer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. The maximum seal extrusion gap should be calculated allowing for all tolerances, movement and cylinder expansion. For pressures > 4 bar, the seal extrusion gap should be reduced by utilising smaller tolerances. e.g H8 for ylinder bore, f8 for piston diameter and P.T.F.E tape seating diameter. The full range of diameters applicable to the Standard and Light uty Sections are shown in the table below Housing ylinder Bore Section Width Standard Light (/1) 7.75 6.3 7 to 132.9 1.5 8.1 95 to 32 171

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal Ring When ordering, prefix the size reference with the style required and use the suffix shown in the material application tables. e.g. Ring Standard section in Bronze filled material for 7mm diameter 7/B Ring Light duty section in Glass filled material for 7 mm diameter 7/1G For ORing energiser materials other than Nitrile, use suffix shown in material table. e.g Flourocarbon material (FKM), 7/B/FKM For surface finish and lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For Housing dimensions and tolerances refer to the table of recommended sizes, and ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For F/2 values see note and tables For E/2 values refer to P.T.F.E. Guide Tape For the seal to function correctly it is important that care is taken during fitting. For details refer to ppendix 3. 172

laronpolyseal ouble cting Piston Seal Ring Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances laron Part No. 7/1B 75/1B 8/1B 85/1B 9/1B H9 h9 L 1 S laron H9 L R 1 F/2 h9 1 S R +.2 Ø Nom +.2 Nom 1 Ød Ø 1 1. Max Max Part No. 1 Ød 1. Max Sec 7. 7 8. 8 9. 54.5 59.5 64.5 69.5 74.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75.9.9.9.9.9 27/B 28/B 29/B 3/B 32/B 27. 28. 29. 3. 32. 249. 259. 269. 279. 299. 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5.9.9.9.9.9 Sec F/2 Max.6.6.5.6.6 95/1B 1/1B 9 1. 79.5 84.5 6.3 6.3 7.75 7.75.9.9 IMENSIONS IN BOL TYPE ONFORM TO ISO 74251 :1988 15/1B 1 89.5 6.3 7.75.9 11/1B 11. 94.5 6.3 7.75.9 115/1B 11 99.5 6.3 7.75.9 12/1B 12. 14.5 6.3 7.75.9 125/1B 12 19.5 6.3 7.75.9 13/1B 13. 114.5 6.3 7.75.9 95/B 9 7 8.1 1.5.9.5 1/B 1. 79. 8.1 1.5.9.5 15/B 1 8 8.1 1.5.9.5 11/B 11. 89. 8.1 1.5.9.5 115/B 11 9 8.1 1.5.9.5 12/B 12. 99. 8.1 1.5.9.5 125/B 12 1 8.1 1.5.9.5 13/B 13. 19. 8.1 1.5.9.5 135/B 13 11 8.1 1.5.9.5 14/B 14. 119. 8.1 1.5.9.5 145/B 14 12 8.1 1.5.9.5 15/B 15. 129. 8.1 1.5.9.5 155/B 15 13 8.1 1.5.9.5 16/B 16. 139. 8.1 1.5.9.5 165/B 16 14 8.1 1.5.9.5 17/B 17. 149. 8.1 1.5.9.5 18/B 18. 159. 8.1 1.5.9.5 19/B 19. 169. 8.1 1.5.9.5 2/B 2. 179. 8.1 1.5.9.5 21/B 21. 189. 8.1 1.5.9.5 22/B 23/B 24/B 25/B 26/B 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 199. 29. 219. 229. 239. 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5.9.9.9.9.9.5.5.5.5.6 173

laronpolyseal Section B Single cting Piston Seals B

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal P LRON STYLE P is designed with a symmetrical profile for use as a single acting piston or rod seal. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber sealing element with a bonded fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. esigned with initial radial interference to effect low pressure sealing, at higher pressures the seal is energised thus increasing the sealing force. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it s surface, thus reducing friction and wear. Style P is produced with radial grooves incorporated into the top of the seal on the pressure side. This innovative design ensures a rapid energisation of the seal without excessive end float and resultant wear. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F Pressure Bar 5 4 ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS 3 2 1.1.2.3.4.5 F (mm) Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For Rod applications see Section. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing B11

laron P 7847 P 9463/1 P 9463/2 P 9847 P 987 H1 2. 2 2 2 2 laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal P Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 Ø 1 Ød 1 12. 16. 16. 12. 18. +.25. L 1 6.3 7.5 6.3 1. 7. Nominal S 6.5 3.5 Min 2. 2. 2. 2. Max R 1.2.2.2.2 P 1262/1 P 1266 P 127 P 1278 P 1659 26. 26. 26. 26. 27. 16. 17. 18. 2. 1 8. 5.7 6.3 5.5 7. 4.5 3. 6. 2. 2. 1.5.2.2.2 P 117 P 1178 P 1178/1 P 11474 P 11878/1 28. 28. 28. 29. 3. 18. 2. 2. 19. 2. 6.3 7. 6.3 6.5 8. 2. 2. 2.4.2.2 P 11886/1 P 11886/2 P 12586 P 12594 P 12998/1 3. 3. 32. 32. 33. 22. 22. 22. 2 2 6.3 7.5 7.5 7. 6.3 2. 2. 2. 2..2.2.2.2 P 13798 P 14111/1 P 14911/1 P 149118 P 149118/1 3 36. 38. 38. 38. 2 28. 28. 3. 3. 8. 6.4 8. 6.4 8.5 2. 2. 2..2.2.2 P 157118 P 157125/1 P 165125 P 169137 P 173141 4. 4. 42. 43. 4 3. 32. 32. 3 36. 7.5 6.4 8. 6.4 6.4 2. 2. 2..2.2.2 P 173141/1 P 177118/1 P 177137/1 P 177137/5 P 181141/1 4 4 4 4 46. 36. 3. 3 3 36. 8.5 9. 9. 8. 8. 7.5 2..2.8 P 181149 P 185125 P 188157 P 196137/1 P 196137/2 46. 47. 48. 5. 5. 38. 32. 4. 3 3 6.3 11. 6.4 1 11. 7.5 7.5 7.5 2. 2..2.8.2.8.8 P 196157 P 196157/2 P 196157/3 P 196165 P 2141 5. 5. 5. 5. 51. 4. 4. 4. 42. 36. 11. 13.5 7.5 6.3 11.5 7.5 2..2.8 B12

laron H1 laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal P Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 Ø 1 Ød 1 +.25. L 1 Nominal Sec. S Min Max R 1 P 216157/2 P 216177 P 216177/3 P 228196 P 236177/1 5 5 5 58. 6. 4. 4 4 5. 4 11.5 8. 1.5 8.5 11.5 7.5 7.5 2..8.2.8 P 236196 P 236196/3 P 244196/1 P 248188/2 P 255196/1 6. 6. 62. 63. 6 5. 5. 5. 48. 5. 8. 14.5 9.5 11. 11. 6. 7.5 7.5 3..8.8 P 255216 P 255216/1 P 25922 P 275196 P 275236/3 6 6 66. 7. 7. 5 5 56. 5. 6. 1.5 8. 8. 14.5 8. 1..8 P 275236/4 P 27922 P 283236 P 283236/2 P 295248 7. 71. 72. 72. 7 6. 56. 6. 6. 63. 14.5 1 1. 11. 9.6 7.5 6. 6. 6. 3. 3. 3..8 P 33255 P 37248 P 314236 P 314255 P 314275/1 77. 78. 8. 8. 8. 6 63. 6. 6 7. 9.6 1 14.5 11.5 8. 6. 7.5 1. 7.5 3..8.8.8 P 314275/3 P 322275/1 P 322275/2 P 334255 P 334275 8. 82. 82. 8 8 7. 7. 7. 6 7. 12. 9.6 11. 14.5 1 6. 6. 1. 7.5 3. 3..8.8 P 334295/1 P 342295 P 354275/1 P 358318 P 362314 8 87. 9. 91. 92. 7 7 7. 81. 8. 8. 9.5 1.5 8. 9.6 6. 1. 6. 3. 3..8 P 362314/1 P 374295 P 374314 P 374314/1 P 374334 92. 9 9 9 9 8. 7 8. 8. 8 11. 14.5 13. 1 8. 6. 1. 7.5 7.5 3..8.8.8 P 393314 P 393334 P 393354 P 41354 P 413334/1 1. 1. 1. 12. 1 8. 8 9. 9. 8 14.5 1 1.5 9.6 13. 1. 7.5 6. 1. 3..8.8.8 B13

laron H1 laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal P Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 Ø 1 Ød 1 +.25. L 1 Nominal Sec. S Min Max R 1 P 413354 P 413354/1 P 421374 P 433342 P 433342/1 1 1 17. 11. 11. 9. 9. 9 87. 87. 9.5 1 1 8. 18.5 7.5 7.5 6. 11.5 11.5 3..8.8.8.8 P 452393/1 P 452413 P 472393 P 492433 P 492452 11 11 12. 12 12 1. 1 1. 11. 11 12. 11. 14.5 12. 8. 7.5 1. 7.5.8.8.8 P 523484 P 59492 P 629551/2 P 66162 P 66959/1 133. 15. 16. 168. 17. 123. 12 14. 153. 15. 8. 14.5 12. 1 14.5 1 1. 7.5 1. 6.5 1.2.8.8.8 B14

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal P Imperial LRON STYLE P is designed with a symmetrical profile for use as a single acting rod or piston seal. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber sealing element with a bonded fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. esigned with initial radial interference to effect low pressure sealing, at higher pressures the seal is energised thus increasing the sealing force. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it s surface, thus reducing friction and wear. Style P is an effective seal over a wide range of applications. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F Pressure Bar 5 4 3 2 1.1.2.3.4.5 F (mm) ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For Rod application see section. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing B21

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal Imperial P laron H1 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 Ød 2 +.25 + L 1 Nominal Sec. S Min Max R 1 P 5625 P 6231 P 6237 P 7537 P 755.562.625.625.281.93.93.93.93.93.1.1.1.1.1 P 8143 P 875 P 8762 P 9356 P 162.812.875.875.937 1..437.625.562.625.281.281.281.281.93.93.93.93.93.1.1.1.1.1 P 175 P 1975 P 11262 P 11275 P 11287 1. 1.93 1.125 1.125 1.125.625.875.281.163.171.93.93.93.93.1.1.1.1 P 11868 P 12575/1 P 12575/2 P 12587 P 1251 1.187 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25.687.875 1..93.93.1.1 P 1251/1 P 13181 P 13787 P 13787/1 P 1371 1.25 1.312 1.375 1.375 1.375 1..812.875.875 1..121.93.93.1.1 P 137112 P 14393 P 1587 P 1598 P 151 1.375 1.437 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.125.937.875.98 1..38.26.93.1 P 151/1 P 15125 P 156112 P 1621 P 162112 1.5 1.5 1.562 1.625 1.625 1. 1.25 1.125 1. 1.125.343.437.218.93.1 P 162125 P 162125/1 P 162125/2 P 16213 P 168118/1 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.627 1.687 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.32 1.187.281.24.162.93.93.93.93.1.1.1.1 P 1751 P 175112 P 175123 P 175125 P 175125/1 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1. 1.125 1.235 1.25 1.25.437.34.281.257 B22

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal P Imperial laron H 1 Ø 2 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 Ød 1 +.25 + L 1 Nominal Sec. S Min Max R 1 P 175125/2 P 175137 P 187125 P 187125/1 P 187125/2 1.75 1.75 1.875 1.875 1.875 1.25 1.375 1.25 1.25 1.25.281.437.93.1 P 187125/3 P 18715 P 18715/1 P 193168 P 2137/1 1.875 1.875 1.875 1.937 2. 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.687 1.375 6.172.93.93.93.1.1.1 P 2137/2 P 2137/3 P 2137/4 P 2148 P 215 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.485 1.5.437.34.257 P 215/1 P 215/4 P 2162/2 P 21215/1 P 21215/2 2. 2. 2. 2.125 2.125 1.5 1.5 1.625 1.5 1.5.468.276.437.468.93.1 P 212175 P 212175/1 P 212175/2 P 21815 P 22515 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.187 2.25 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.5 1.5.172.3.281.437.468.343.93.93.93.1.1.1 P 225162 P 225175/1 P 225175/2 P 225187 P 237175 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.375 1.625 1.75 1.75 1.875 1.75.437.437.265.437.93.1 P 2372 P 243175 P 25175 P 25187 P 25187/1 2.375 2.437 2. 1.75 1.75 1.875 1.875.172.437.437.343.93.1 P 25187/3 P 25198 P 252 P 252/1 P 252/2 1.875 1.98 2. 2. 2..36.343.26 P 262187 P 2622 P 2622/2 P 2622/3 P 262212 2.625 2.625 2.625 2.625 2.625 1.875 2. 2. 2. 2.125.625.437 B23

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal P Imperial laron H 1 Ø 2 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 Ød 1 +.25 + L 1 Nominal Sec. S Min Max R 1 P 262225 P 262225/1 P 2752 P 2752/1 P 2752/2 2.625 2.625 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.25 2.25 2. 2. 2..172.21.437.625.562.93.93.1.1 P 275212 P 275225 P 275231 P 2872 P 287212 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.875 2.875 2.125 2.25 2.312 2. 2.125.625.562.219.437.93.1 P 287225 P 287237 P 32 P 3212 P 3225 2.875 2.875 3. 3. 3. 2.25 2.375 2. 2.125 2.25.437.281.437 P 3225/1 P 3225/2 P 3237 P 325 P 3625 3. 3. 3. 3. 3.62 2.25 2.25 2.375.562.468.437.281 P 312237 P 31225 P 31225/1 P 32525 P 32525/1 3.125 3.125 3.125 3.25 3.25 2.375.562.625.562 P 32525/2 P 32525/3 P 325262 P 325273 P 325275 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 2.625 2.735 2.75.625.468.562.34.257.257 P 337262 P 337275/1 P 3525 P 35275 P 35275/1 3.375 3.375 3.5 3.5 3.5 2.625 2.75 2.75 2.75.562.437.562 P 35275/3 P 35287 P 353 P 362262 P 362287 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.625 3.625 2.75 2.875 3. 2.625 2.875.47.562 P 3623 P 375275 P 3753 P 3753/1 P 3753/2 3.625 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3. 2.75 3. 3. 3..562 B24

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal P Imperial laron H 1 Ø 2 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 Ød 1 +.25 + L 1 Nominal Sec. S Min Max R 1 P 375323 P 387287 P 387312 P 43 P 43/2 3.75 3.875 3.875 3.23 2.875 3.125 3. 3..36.625.562.625.26 P 4325/1 P 4325/2 P 435 P 412337 P 41235 4.125 4.125 3.25 3.25 3.5 3.375 3.5.562.562 P 425325 P 42535/1 P 4535/1 P 4535/2 P 4535/3 4.25 4.25 4.5 4.5 4.5 3.25 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5.562.562 P 45375 P 45375/1 P 454 P 462362 P 462362/1 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.625 4.625 3.75 3.75 3.625 3.625.41 P 475375/1 P 475375/2 P 475425 P 4874 P 487437 4.75 4.75 4.75 4.875 4.875 3.75 3.75 4.25 4.375.812.656.437 P 54 P 5425 P 5254 P 525425 P 537437 5.25 5.25 5.375 4.25 4.25 4.375.562.625.46 P 5545 P 555 P 575475 P 65 P 6537 5.5 5.5 5.75 6. 6. 4.5 4.75 5.375 P 625525/1 P 625525/3 P 62555 P 6555 P 675575 6.25 6.25 6.25 6.5 6.75 5.25 5.25 5.5 5.5 5.75.531.875.687 P 7575 P 76 P 7625 P 77565 P 87 7. 7. 7. 7.75 8. 5.75 6. 6.25 6.5 7..937.562 1..875.625.625.46.46 B25

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal P Imperial laron H 1 Ø 2 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.25 js11 + Ød 1 L 1 1. Nominal Sec. S Min Max R 1 P 85725 P 95837 8.5 9.5 7.25 8.375.625.562.46.46 B26

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal GP Imperial LRON STYLE GP is designed with a symmetrical profile for Piston or Rod applications. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber with a fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. esigned with initial radial interference to effect lowpressure sealing, the seal is progressively energised at higher pressures thereby increasing the sealing force. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it s surface, thus reducing friction and wear. Style GP is designed to provide effective low pressure sealing through distortion of the lips rather than squeeze. This gives an improved response to pressure variations and reduces low pressure stiction to ensure a smoother return stroke. These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 section for further information. Maximum iametral learance F Pressure Bar 5 4 Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS 3 2 1.1.2.3.4.5 F (mm) Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For Rod application see section. Style GP is designed for use on a split piston and may be used with laron Seal Retainer Style PSR. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing B31

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal GP laron H 1 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 Ød 1 +.25. L 1 Nominal Sec. S Min hamf. Max R 1 GP157118 GP196157 GP236196 GP27922 GP275236 4 5 6 71 7 3 4 5 56 6 7. 7. 7. 1. 7. 7.5 4..4.4.4.8.4 GP314236 GP37248 GP334275 GP354275 GP393314 8 78 85 9 1 6 63 7 7 8 13. 1. 1 13. 13. 1. 7.5 7.5 1. 1. 4. 4..8.8.8.8.8 GP433354 11 9 13. 1..8 B32

laron GP 151 GP 215 GP 215/1 GP 21215 GP 2372/1 H 1 Ø 1 1.5 2. 2. 2.125 2.375 laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal GP Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances 1. 1.5 1.5 1.5 2..468.468.36.313.188 Imperial js11 +.25 Nominal Min Max + Sec. hamf. Ød 1 S L 1.93 R 1.1 GP 2622/1 GP 3237 GP 32525/1 2.625 3. 3.25 2. 2.375.562.313.313 B33

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal PE LRON STYLE PE is designed for use as a single acting Piston seal. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber sealing element with a fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. Style PE also has the added benefit of a clip on POM antiextrusion ring. esigned with initial radial interference to effect low pressure sealing, at higher pressures the seal is energised thus increasing the sealing force. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it s surface, thus reducing friction and wear. Style P is produced with radial grooves incorporated into the top of the seal on the pressure side. This innovative design ensures a rapid energisation of the seal without excessive end float and resultant wear. Style P is an effective design over a wide range of applications. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to appendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS Maximum iametral learance F Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For Rod application see section. Style PE is designed to be fitted onto a spit and may be used together with laron Style PSR retainer. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing B61

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal PE Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H 1 js 11 +.25 Nominal Min Max Ø 1 Ød 1. S R 1 L 1 PE 15711 PE 196149 PE 236177 PE 314236 4. 5. 6. 8. 28. 38. 4 6. 9. 9.4 1.5 14.5 6. 6. 7.5 1. 3. 3. B62

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal PEO Imperial laron Style PEO is designed for use as a single acting piston seal. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber sealing element with a bonded reinforced fabric base and an acetal back up ring to resist extrusion. The acetal back up ring allows larger clearances and higher pressures. The seal is designed with initial radial interference to effect low pressure sealing. t higher pressures the seal is energised thus increasing sealing. The rubberised fabric header has the advantage of retaining fluid within its surface thus reducing both friction and wear. Style PEO is an effective seal over a wide range of applications. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS Maximum iametral learance F Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PEO is designed to be fitted onto a split piston, and may be used with a laron Style PSR retainer. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing B71

laron H1 laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal PEO Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 +.25 + Nominal Sec. Imperial Ø 1 Ød 1 L 1 S R 1 Min Max PEO 162 PEO 11275 PEO 12575/1 PEO 151 PEO 168118 1. 1.125 1.25 1.5 1.687.625 1. 1.187.281.188.188.93.93.1.1.1.1.1 PEO 175112 PEO 2137/1 PEO 2137/2 PEO 215 PEO 237175 1.75 2. 2. 2. 2.375 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.5 1.75.437.437.437.313.313.313.313.1 PEO 25187 PEO 2752/1 PEO 2752/2 PEO 3225/2 PEO 32525/1 2.75 2.75 3. 3.25 1.875 2. 2. 2.25.437.562.313.1 PEO 353 PEO 3623 PEO 4325/1 PEO 435 PEO 4535/1 3.5 3.625 4.5 3. 3. 3.25 3.5 3.5.562.562.313.1.1 PEO 54 PEO 76 PEO 7625 PEO 82575 7. 7. 8.25 6. 6.25 7.5.562.562 B72

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal GPE laron Style GPE is designed for use as a single acting piston seal. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber sealing element with a proportional bonded reinforced fabric base, and an acetal back up ring to resist extrusion. The acetal antiextrusion ring allows larger clearances and higher pressures. Style GPE is designed to provide effective low pressure sealing through distortion of the lips rather than squeeze. This gives an improved response to pressure variations and reduces low pressure stiction to ensure a smoother return stroke. The seal is designed with initial radial interferance to effect low pressure sealing. The rubberised fabric header has the advantage of retaining fluid within its surface thus reducing both friction and wear. Style GPE is an effective seal over a wide range of applications. ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids Maximum Pressure NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription Max Speed Temp. Range H Mineral oil without additives 1 m/s 3 to 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1.5 25 Bar HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1.15 4 Bar HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS Maximum iametral learance F Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style GPE is designed to be fitted onto a split piston and may be used with laron Style PSR retainer. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing B81

laron H 1 laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal GPE Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 Ø 1 Ød 1 +.63 +.38 L 1 Nominal Sec. S Min hamf. Max R 1 GPE 12586 GPE 177118/2 GPE 196137 GPE 196157/1 GPE 216157/1 32. 4 5. 5. 5 22. 3. 3 4. 4. 9. 1. 11. 1. 1.5 7.5 7.5 7.5.6.6.6 GPE 248188/1 GPE 248196 GPE 275196 GPE 314236 GPE 393314 63. 63. 7. 8. 1. 48. 5. 5. 6. 8. 9.5 1. 1 1 1 7.5 6.5 1. 1. 1..6.6.8.8.8 GPE 413334/3 GPE 433354 1 11. 8 9. 18. 1 1. 1..8.8 B82

laron H 1 laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal GPE Imperial Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 Ø 1 Ød 1 +.25 + L 1 Nominal Sec S Min hamf. Max R 1 GPE 11262 GPE 14187 GPE 151 GPE 1621 GPE 175125 1.125 1.417 1.5 1.625 1.75.625.875 1. 1. 1.25.468.468.437.271.25 GPE 178116 GPE 187125/2 GPE 2137/1 GPE 21215 GPE 225162 1.786 1.875 2. 2.125 2.25 1.161 1.25 1.375 1.5 1.625.468.468.437.25.25.25.25.25 GPE 237175 GPE 25187/1 GPE 2622 GPE 2752 GPE 2752/2 2.375 2.625 2.75 2.75 1.75 1.875 2. 2. 2..437.437.437.562.155.25.25.25.31.31 GPE 275212 GPE 3225/1 GPE 32525/1 GPE 325262 GPE 35275 2.75 3. 3.25 3.25 3.5 2.125 2.25 2.625 2.75.468.562.562.562.25.31.31.25.31 GPE 353/1 GPE 362287 GPE 3623/1 GPE 4325/1 GPE 42535/1 3.5 3.625 3.625 4.25 3. 2.875 3. 3.25 3.5.562.437.562.562.31.25.31.31 GPE 45375 GPE 54 GPE 65 GPE 76 4.5 6. 7. 3.75 6..562.46.46.46 B83

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal PW Imperial esigned for use on split pistons, the seal is a precision moulded rubber element with a reinforced fabric base. The seal is fitted with Polyacetal antiextrusion wear rings on the O.. to allow larger machining clearances between the piston head and cylinder bore, and to permit higher working pressures. The seal is designed with sufficient radial sectional interference that on complete assembly low pressure sealing is effected. The supporting rubberised fabric has the capability of retaining the sealing media thus assisting in reducing friction and wear. Style PW has proven to be effective over a wide range of applications. Maximum Pressure ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids NBR Rubber Max Speed Temp. Range IN Hydraulic Fluid escription m/s 3 to 1 H Mineral oil without additives 1.5 25 Bar HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1.15 4 Bar HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 Maximum iametral learance F HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PW is designed to be fitted onto a split piston and may be used with laron seal retainer Style PSR. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing B91

laron H 1 js 11 Ø 1 Ød 1 laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal PW Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js 1 js 11 Ød 2 Ød 3 +.25 + L 1 +.4. L 2 Imperial Nominal S Min Max R 1 Max R 2 PW 162 PW 12575/2 PW 151 PW 168118 PW 175112 1. 1.25 1.5 1.687 1.75.625 1. 1.187 1.125.883 1.111 1.36 1.547 1.57.964 1.28 1.458 1.645 1.698.281.437.93.8.25.8.8.8.8.8 PW 2137/1 PW 2137/2 PW 2137/3 PW 225162 PW 237175 2. 2. 2. 2.25 2.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.75 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.69 2.194 1.948 1.948 1.948 2.198 2.322.437.437.437.25.25.25.25.25.8.8.8.8.8 PW 25187 PW 252 PW 2752 PW 2752/1 PW 2752/2 2.75 2.75 2.75 1.875 2. 2. 2. 2. 2.319 2.36 22 22 22 2.446 2.447 2.685 2.685 2.685.437.437.625.562.25.25.8.8.8.8.8 PW 3225/1 PW 3225/2 PW 312237 PW 32525/1 PW 35275 3. 3. 3.125 3.25 3.5 2.25 2.25 2.375 2.75 2.772 2.772 2.896 3.69 3.271 2.935 2.935 3.7 3.19 3.437.562.562.562.562.8.8.8.8.8 PW 375275 PW 4325/1 PW 4535/1 PW 54 PW 76 3.75 4.5 7. 2.75 3.25 3.5 6. 3.58 3.77 4.229 4.728 6.724 3.685 3.933 4.422 4.92 5.919.562.562.218.218.218.218.46.46.46.46.8 PW 7256 7.25 6. 6.979 7.17 1..625.46 B92

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal GPW Imperial laron Style GPW is designed for use as a single acting piston seal The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber sealing element with a proportional bonded reinforced NBR header and an acetal bearing ring to resist extrusion. The acetal bearing ring resists extrusion of the seal to allow greater clearances and higher pressures, and provides bearing support for the piston preventing misalignment and metal to metal contact between piston and bore.style GPW is designed to provide effective low pressure sealing through distortion of the lips rather than squeeze. This gives an improved response to pressure variations and reduces low pressure stiction to ensure a smoother return stroke. Style GPW has proven to be effective over a wide range of applications. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style GPW is designed to be fitted onto a split piston and may be used with laron Style PSR retainer. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing B11

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal GPW laron Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H 1 js 11 js 1 js 11 +.63 +.1 Nominal +.38. Ø 1 Ød 1 Ød 2 Ød 3 L 1 L 2 S Min Max R 1 Max R 2 GPW 196137 GPW 196157/1 GPW 216157/1 GPW 248188/1 GPW 248196 5. 5. 5 63. 63. 3 4. 4. 48. 5. 43.96 46.43 5.37 58.4 58.4 48.1 48.8 53.65 61.65 61.65 11. 1. 1.5 9.5 1. 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 7.5 7.5 7.5 6.5.6.6.6.6.2.2.2.2.2 GPW 255188 GPW 255196 GPW 257196 GPW 314236 GPW 393314 6 6 7. 8. 1. 48. 5. 5. 6. 8. 6 6 64.15 74.15 94.15 63.65 63.65 68.35 78.35 98.35 12. 1. 1 1 1 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 6.35 8.5 7.5 1. 1. 1..6.6.8.8.8.2.2.2.2.2 GPW 433354 GPW 551472 11. 142. 9. 12. 14.1 134.15 18. 138. 1 12. 6.35 6.35 1. 1..8.8.2.2 B12

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal GPW Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H 1 js 11 js 1 js 11 +.25 +.4 Nominal +. Ø 1 Ød 1 Ød 2 Ød 3 L 1 L 2 S Imperial Min Max R 1 Max R 2 GPW 11262 GPW 14187 GPW 151 GPW 1621 GPW 175125 1.125 1.417 1.5 1.625 1.75.625.875 1. 1. 1.25.986 1.277 1.36 1.445 1.64 1.85 1.375 1.45 1.575 1.698.468.468.437.271.25.8.8.8.8.8 GPW 178116 GPW 187125/2 GPW 2137/1 GPW 21215 GPW 225162 1.786 1.875 2. 2.125 2.25 1.161 1.25 1.375 1.5 1.625 1.66 1.674 1.82 1.944 2.7 1.735 1.825 1.95 2.75 2.2.468.468.437.25.25.25.25.25.8.8.8.8.8 GPW 237175 GPW 2622 GPW 2752 GPW 2752/2 GPW 275212 2.375 2.625 2.75 2.75 2.75 1.75 2. 2. 2. 2.125 2.194 2.443 22 22 69 2.325 71 2.695 2.695 2.695.437.437.437.562.468.25.25.31.31.25.8.8.8.8.8 GPW 3225/1 GPW 325262 GPW 35275 GPW 362287 GPW 4325/1 3. 3.25 3.5 3.625 2.25 2.625 2.75 2.875 3.25 2.772 3.69 3.271 3.395 3.77 2.935 3.195 3.435 3.56 3.935.562.562.562.562.31.25.31.31.31.8.8.8.8.8 GPW 42535/1 GPW 45375 GPW 54 GPW 65 GPW 76 4.25 4.5 6. 7. 3.5 3.75 6. 4.19 4.229 4.733 5.726 6.724 4.185 4.422 4.92 5.92 6.92.562.562.218.218.218.31.31.46.46.46.8.8 B13

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal PW.../L Imperial LRON STYLE PW.../L is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber with a fabric reinforced base. Produced with initial radial interference to effect lowpressure sealing, the seal is progressively energised at higher pressures thereby increasing the sealing force. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it s surface, thus reducing friction and wear. The full width polyacetal bearing ring resists extrusion of the seal to allow greater clearances and higher pressures, and provides bearing support for the piston preventing misalignment and metal to metal contact between piston and bore. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 section for further information. Pressure Bar 5 4 3 2 1.1.2.3.4.5 F (mm) ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS Maximum iametral learance F Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PW/L is designed to be fitted onto a split piston and may be used with laron seal retainer Style PSR.For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing B111

laron H 1 js 11 Ø 1 Ød 1 laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal PW.../L Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js 1 js 11 Ød 2 Ød 3 +.25 + L 1 Imperial +.4 Nominal Min Max. L 2 S R 1 R 2 PW 162/L PW 12575/1L PW 12575/2L PW 151/L PW 151/1L 1. 1.25 1.25 1.5 1.5.625 1. 1..868 1.115 1.115 1.365 1.365.968 1.218 1.218 1.468 1.468.343.437.437.182.245.245.245.245.93.8.8.8.8.8 PW 175112/L PW 2137/1L PW 2137/2L PW 2137/3L PW 2137/4L 1.75 2. 2. 2. 2. 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.552 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.687 1.937 1.937 1.937 1.937.531.468.531.593 6.245.245.245.245.245.8.8.8.8.8 PW 225162/L PW 237175/L PW 25187/L PW 25187/1L PW 25187/3L 2.25 2.375 1.625 1.75 1.875 1.875 1.875 2 2.177 2.32 2.32 2.32 2.187 2.312 2.437 2.437 2.437.531.531.531.468 6.245.245.245.245.245.8.8.8.8.8 PW 2622/L PW 2622/2L PW 2622/3L PW 2752/L PW 2752/2L 2.625 2.625 2.625 2.75 2.75 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2.428 2.428 2.428 2.482 2.482 62 62 62 2.687 2.687.531 6.593.562.687.245.245.245.245.245.8.8.8.8.8 PW 3225/L PW 3225/1L PW 3225/2L PW 32525/L PW 32525/1L 3. 3. 3. 3.25 3.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.732 2.732 2.732 2.982 2.982 2.937 2.937 2.937 3.187 3.187.625.687.687.245.245.245.245.245.8.8.8.8.8 PW 32525/2L PW 32525/3L PW 35275/L PW 35275/1L PW 35275/3L 3.25 3.25 3.5 3.5 3.5 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.982 2.982 3.232 3.232 3.232 3.187 3.187 3.437 3.437 3.437.593.687.625.245.245.245.245.245.8.8.8.8.8 PW 3623/L PW 3753/L PW 3753/2L PW 4325/1L PW 42535/1L 3.625 3.75 3.75 4.25 3. 3. 3. 3.25 3.5 3.36 3.482 3.482 3.732 3.985 3.562 3.687 3.687 3.937 4.187.687.687.687.245.245.245.245.245.8.8.8.8.8 PW 4535/1L PW 4535/2L PW 4535/3L PW 475375/2L PW 54/L 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.75 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.75 4.232 4.232 4.232 4.485 4.732 4.437 4.437 4.437 4.687 4.937.687.875.875.875.37.37.37.37.37.218.218.218.218.218 PW 5545/L PW 65/L PW 6555/L PW 76/L 5.5 6. 6.5 7. 4.5 5.5 6. 5.232 5.732 6.232 6.732 5.437 5.937 6.437 6.937.875.875.875.875.37.37.37.37.218.218.218.218 B112

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal PU Imperial The laron style PU is a symmetrical profiled lip seal manufactured in a high performance grade of Polyurethane and is suitable for both piston and rod sealing. The sealing lips are machine trimmed to ensure dimensional consistency and good low pressure sealing. Polyurethane exhibits outstanding abrasion and extrusion resistance. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 4 to 8 4 to 11.5 28 Bar 25 Bar.15 4 Bar 35 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Pressure Bar 5 4 ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 3 2 1.3.4.5.6.7.8 F mm Maximum iametral learance F Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 8 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Refer to section for rod application. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. B121

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal PU laron H1 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 +.25. Ød 1 L 1 Nominal L 2 Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PU 7847 PU 7855 PU 8663 PU 9855 PU 9863 PU 987 PU 1263 PU 127 PU 1178 PU 1178/1 2. 2. 22. 2 2. 2 26. 26. 28. 28. 12. 1 16. 1 16. 18. 16. 18. 2. 2. 9. 4.5 6.1 8.25 6.75 8.75 5.7 7.25 5.7 8.4 4.4 5.5 7.5 6. 8. 6.5 3. 3. 5.5 4.5 3.5 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3..2.2.2.3.3.2.3.2.2.3 PU 1186 PU 11878 PU 11886 PU 11888 PU 12998 28. 3. 3. 3. 33. 22. 2. 22. 22.4 2 5.5 8.75 6.75 5.7 6.3 4.5 8. 6. 5.7 3. 3.8 3. 3. 3. 3..2.3.2.3.2 PU 12998/1 PU 12998/2 PU 13798 PU 13798/1 PU 13798/2 33. 33. 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 8.75 5.6 8.75 1.75 7.5 8. 8. 1. 7.3 3. 3..2.2.3.3.3 PU 13911 PU 14998 PU 15778 PU 15798 PU 157118 35.5 38. 4. 4. 4. 28. 2 2. 2 3. 5.7 1.75 12. 1.75 1.75 1. 11. 1. 1. 3.75 6.5 1. 7.5 3..2.3.3 PU 157118/1 PU 163124 PU 165118 PU 165125 PU 177118 4. 41.5 42. 42. 4 3. 31.5 3. 32. 3. 7. 7. 1.75 6.3 1.75 6. 6. 1. 5.8 1. 6. 7.5.3.3.3.3.3 PU 177137 PU 177137/1 PU 181141 PU 196118 PU 196137 4 4 46. 5. 5. 3 3 36. 3. 3 1.75 7. 8. 1.75 1.75 1. 6. 7.3 1. 1. 1. 7.5.3.3.3.3 PU 196157 PU 196157/2 PU 196157/3 PU 216149 PU 216177/1 5. 5. 5. 5 5 4. 4. 4. 38. 4 1.75 5.75 7. 1.75 6.75 1. 6. 1. 6. 8.5.3.3.3.3 PU 216177 PU 236157 PU 236157/1 PU 236177 PU 236196 5 6. 6. 6. 6. 4 4. 4. 4 5. 1.75 12.75 19. 1.75 1.75 1. 12. 18. 1. 1. 1. 1. 7.5.3.3 B122

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal PU laron H1 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 +.25 Ød 1. L 1 Nominal L 2 Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PU 236196/1 PU 24828 PU 255177 PU 255196 PU 255216/2 6. 63. 6 6 6 5. 53. 4 5. 5 7. 6.75 1.75 1.75 7. 6. 6. 1. 1. 6. 1. 7.5.3.3.3 PU 255216 PU 275196 PU 275196/1 PU 275196/2 PU 275236/1 6 7. 7. 7. 7. 5 5. 5. 5. 6. 12.75 12.75 1.75 19. 7. 12.. 12. 1. 18. 6. 1. 1. 1..3.3 PU 275236 PU 295255/2 PU 295255 PU 295255/1 PU 37228 7. 7 7 7 78. 6. 6 6 6 58. 12.75 7. 12.75 1.75 16. 12. 6. 12. 1. 1.3.3.3.3.3 PU 314236 PU 314236/1 PU 314255 PU 314275/3 PU 314275/1 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 6. 6. 6 7. 7. 12.75 19. 12.75 7. 9. 12. 18. 12. 6. 8. 1. 1. 7.5.3.3 PU 314275/2 PU 314275 PU 334275 PU 334295 PU 354275 8. 8. 8 8 9. 7. 7. 7. 7 7. 11. 12.75 12.75 7. 12.75 1. 12. 12. 6. 12. 7.5 1..3.3.3 PU 354295 PU 354314/1 PU 354314 PU 374314 PU 393314 9. 9. 9. 9 1. 7 8. 8. 8. 8. 12.75 7. 12.75 1.75 12.75 12. 6. 12. 1. 12. 7.5 7.5 1..3.3 PU 393334/1 PU 393334 PU 4133354/1 PU 413354 PU 433374/1 1. 1. 1 1 11. 8 8 9. 9. 9 1. 12.75 1. 12.75 1. 9. 12. 9. 12. 9. 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 PU 433374 PU 452393/1 PU 452393 PU 492393 PU 492433 11. 11 11 12 12 9 1. 1. 1. 11. 12.75 1. 12.75 15.75 12.75 12. 9. 12. 1 12. 7.5 7.5 7.5 1 7.5 6.5.6 PU 49244 PU 492452 PU 551492 PU 59535 PU 61551 12 12 14. 15. 15 112. 11 12 136. 14. 1. 12.75 1. 1. 1. 9. 12. 9. 9. 9. 6.5 7.5 7.5 7.5.3.3 B123

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal Imperial PU laron H1 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 +.1. Ød 1 L 1 Nominal L 2 Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PU 5631 PU 162 PU 162/1 PU 12587 PU 151.562 1. 1. 1.25 1.5.625.625.875 1..275.3.28.28.275.281.93.93.93.93.16.16.16.16 PU 162112 PU 175112 PU 175125 PU 18715 PU 2137 1.625 1.75 1.75 1.875 2. 1.125 1.125 1.25 1.5 1.375.55.55.275.582.28.562.93.16 PU 2137/1 PU 22515 PU 225162 PU 237175 PU 237175/1 2. 2.25 2.25 2.375 2.375 1.375 1.5 1.625 1.75 1.75.52.55.457.582.395.437.562.46 PU 2515 PU 25212 PU 2622 PU 2622/1 PU 262212 2.625 2.625 2.625 1.5 2.125 2. 2. 2.125.665.28.582.34.395.625.562.93.16 PU 2752 PU 287187 PU 3225 PU 3237 PU 31225 2.75 2.875 3. 3. 3.125 2. 1.875 2.25 2.375.52.665.52.582.582.625.562.562.216.46.46.46 PU 325262 PU 337275 PU 3525 PU 35275 PU 3623 3.25 2.375 3.5 3.5 3.625 2.625 2.75 2.75 3..582.582.73.52.582.562.562.687.562.216.46.46 PU 3623/1 PU 3753 PU 387325 PU 43 PU 412337 3.625 3.75 3.875 4.125 3. 3. 3.25 3. 3.375.34.52.582.73.582.562.687.562.216.46.46 PU 42535 PU 425362 PU 4535 PU 487425 PU 5437 4.25 4.25 4.5 4.875 3.5 3.625 3.5 4.25 4.375.53.582.73.582.582.562.687.562.562.216.46 PU 525462 PU 6537 PU 7637 5.25 6. 7. 4.625 5.375 6.375.582.582.582.562.562.562 B124

laronpolyseal Single cting U Piston Seal PU.../P The laron style PU.../P is an asymmetrical profiled lip seal manufactured in a high performance grade of Polyurethane and is suitable for piston sealing. The sealing lips are machine trimmed to ensure dimensional consistency and good low pressure sealing. Polyurethane exhibits outstanding abrasion and extrusion resistance. The offset lip design allows rapid energization of the seal without excessive axial movement. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 4 to 8 4 to 11.5 28 Bar 25 Bar.15 4 Bar 35 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to appendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral clearance F Pressure Bar 5 ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 4 3 2 1 Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 8 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal..3.4.5.6.7.8 F mm For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing B131

laronpolyseal Single cting U Piston Seal PU.../P laron H9 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances js11 +.25. Ød 1 L 1 Nominal L 2 Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PU 12598/P PU 196157/P PU 255216/P PU 314185/P PU 393295/P 32. 5. 6 8. 1. 2 4. 5 47. 7 7.3 7.3 16. 18. 5.6 8. 8. 17. 19. 3.5 16.5 1 3. 3.5 3.5 8. 7..2 1.6 1.2 B132

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal FP Imperial laron Style FP single acting piston seal is manufactured from fabric reinforced Nitrile Rubber suitable for mineral based hydraulic oils and water soluble fluids. The Fabric cup is a non preferred design for modern applications, but is available to meet existing design requirement within the industry. Style FP may also be used 'back to back' to form a double acting arrangement. ` Temp. range 3 to 1 Max Pressure 175Bar (25psi) Linear Speed m/sec.5 These Range parameters are Maximum Values Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. iametrical learance 'F' is calculated as the maximum permissable extrusion gap, allowing for movement due to side load, tolerances and cylinder expansion. Pressure (Bar) 7 14 175 Gap F (mm).5.45.4 ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. It is essential to apply a controlled squeeze to the base of the cup to avoid distortion of the heal and lip. location spigot of length L 1 and top plate must be used to avoid excessive wear and premature failure. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. B141

laron H 11 laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal FP Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +..12 Ø 1 Ød 1 Nom. epth Fabric up L 3 Nom. Base Thickness L 2 +..12 L 1 Min FP 15755/R FP 23678/F FP 29978/1F FP 29978/F FP 33878/F 4. 6. 76. 76. 86. 28. 32. 17. 38. 17. 1 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 4.76 4.76 4.76 2.7 4.36 3.6 4.36 4.36 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 FP 35475/F FP 37478/F 9. 9 25.4 17. 19.5 2. 4.74 4.31 3.6 6.35 6. B142

laron H 11 laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal FP Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +..5 Ø 1 Ød 1 Nom. epth Fabric up L 3 Nom. Base Thickness L 2 Imperial +..5 L 1 Min FP 6228/F FP 6228/FB FP 137/F FP 12537/F FP 13743/F.625.625 1. 1.25 1.375.18.562.281.281.437.93.93.93.85.85.85.115.115 FP 13743/FB FP 155/F FP 155/FB FP 1625/F FP 16253/F 1.375 1.5 1.5 1.625 1.625.687.875 5.437.531.115.115.115.115.14 FP 16256/F FP 1685/F FP 1755/F FP 17556/F FP 17562/3R 1.625 1.687 1.75 1.75 1.75.687 5.562.562.625.14.115.115.17.17 FP 17562/4F FP 17862/F FP 237/F FP 237/FB FP 25/F 1.75 1.781 2. 2. 2. 1. 16.5mm 1.125 1.25.625.625.17.17.115.115.115 FP 25/R FP 25/RB FP 275/2F FP 275/F FP 281/F 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1.25.625 12.mm.625.812.141.141.4156.219.131.131.14.17.198 FP 21262/F FP 2255/2F FP 22562/F FP 22575/1F FP 22575/1FB 2.125 2.25 2.25 2.25 1.25 1.312.625 1..625.625.14.14.14.17.17.218.218.218.218 FP 22575/1F FP 23775/1F FP 23775/1FB FP 23775/1F FP 23775/1F 2.25 2.375 2.375 2.375 2.375 1.125.687 22. mm.17.17.17.17.17.218.218.218.218.218 FP 23775/1FE FP 23775/1FS FP 23775/F FP 2562/F FP 2562/FB 2.375 2.375 2.375 1.25.875 1.25 1.5.625.625.219.17.17.198.14.14.218.218.218.218.218 FP 2562/F FP 2587/F FP 26275/F FP 26275/FB FP 26275/F 2.625 2.625 2.625 1.25 22.mm.875.625.875.14.225.17.17.17.218.218.218.218.218 B143

laron H 11 laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal FP Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +..5 Ø 1 Ød 1 Nom. epth Fabric up L 3 Nom. Base Thickness L 2 Imperial +..5 L 1 Min FP 26275/F FP 26275/FE FP 26281/F FP 2621/R FP 26475/F 2.625 2.625 2.625 2.625 2.645 1.5.875.875.875.812 1..219.17.17.198.225.17.218.218.218.218.218 FP 27562/1F FP 27562/F FP 27575/F FP 27575/FB FP 27575/F 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75.687.687.875.625.625.219.17.198.17.17.17.218.218.218.218.218 FP 28762/F FP 28787/F FP 29162/F FP 362/F FP 362/FB 2.875 2.875 2.915 3. 3. 1. 1. 1..625.875.625.625.625.17.17.17.14.14.218.218.218.218.218 FP 362/F FP 362/F FP 375/F FP 375/FB FP 375/F 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 1.5 1.875.812 1.25.625.625.219.219.219.14.14.198.198.198.218.218.218.218.218 FP 381/F FP 31275/F FP 31275/FB FP 31275/FS FP 32562/F 3. 3.125 3.125 3.125 3.25 1.5 22.mm.875.687.812.625.219.14.17.17.17.198.218 FP 32575/1F FP 32575/F FP 32575/FB FP 32575/F FP 32575/F 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 1. 22.mm 2..219.198.17.17.17.17 FP 32581/1F FP 32581/F FP 3251/2R FP 32875/F FP 3575/F 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.28 3.5 1.25 1. 1. 1..812.812 1..219.225.198.225.17.17 FP 3575/FB FP 3575/F FP 3587/F FP 3625/F FP 36268/F 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.625 3.625 2.125 1. 62 2.375.875.687.17.17.225.17.17 FP 36268/FB FP 36275/F FP 36275/FB FP 36275/F FP 37562/F 3.625 3.625 3.625 3.625 3.75.625.812 1.25 1.75.687.687.625.219.219.219.219.17.198.198.198.198 B144

laron H 11 laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal FP Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +..5 Ø 1 Ød 1 Nom. epth Fabric up L 3 Nom. Base Thickness L 2 Imperial +..5 L 1 Min FP 37575/1F FP 37575/1FB FP 37575/F FP 3875/F FP 38775/F 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.875 3.875.625 22.mm.15.17.17.225.135.17 FP 38775/FB FP 38781/F FP 3871/1R FP 475/F FP 475/FB 3.875 3.875 3.875 1.125 1.125 22.mm.812 1..219.219.17.198.198.17.17 FP 475/F FP 475/F FP 475/FS FP 475/R FP 41287/F 4.125.875 1. 1..875.17.17.17.17.225 FP 42562/F FP 42575/F FP 42575/FB FP 4575/F FP 47581/F 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.5 4.75.687 1.25.625.812.219.115.17.17.17.198 FP 4751/1R FP 4751/F FP 575/F FP 575/FB FP 575/F 4.75 4.75 1.25 22.mm 3.5 1.5 1. 1..219.198.225.17.17.225 FP 587/F FP 51/F FP 51/FS FP 5255/F FP 5255/FB 5.25 5.25 1. 22.mm.875 3.75.875 1. 1..225.225.255.17.17 FP 5575/R FP 57581/F FP 675/F FP 687/F FP 61/F 5.5 5.75 6. 6. 6. 1.5 1.5 1. 22.mm.812.875 1..219.17.198.225.225.225 FP 61/FS FP 651/2F FP 651/2FB FP 651/2F FP 651/2F 6. 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5.875 4.5 1.5 1. 1. 1. 1. 1..225.225.225.225.225 FP 787/F FP 787/R FP 71/1F FP 71/F FP 71/R 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 1.375 1. 2.75 22.mm.875.875 1. 1. 1..219.219.225.198.198.225.225 FP 8251/R FP 8251/RB 8.25 8.25 2.75 1. 1..225.225 B145

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal 851 The laron style 851 is a heavy duty single acting seal for hydraulic or pneumatic piston applications. esigned as a high pressure low friction seal for use singly, in tandem sealing arrangements or back to back for double acting applications without pressure lock. Standard materials are Bronze filled P.T.F.E with a Nitrile ORing Energiser but both the outer sealing element and the energiser are available in a wide range of high performance materials to suit a variety of applications. The application parameters should be carefully considered prior to selecting suitable materials from the tables. onsult laron for further advice. Temp. 54 to 2 (ependent upon ORing Material used See ppendix 2) Pressure upto 8 bar Velocity upto 15m/s These range parameters are maximum conditional values Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.. Refer to ppendix 1 section for further information. Maximum Working Pressure for Standard seal applications using specified tolerances. Temp. range Temp. range 3 to 8 8 to 12 4bar 35 bar iametrical learance F shown in the graph to the right is calculated as the maximum permissible extrusion gap, allowing for movement due to side load, for various pressures and temperatures upto 8. The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the Radial clearance to a value nearer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. The maximum seal extrusion gap should be calculated allowing for all tolerances, movement and cylinder expansion. For pressures > 4 bar, the seal extrusion gap should be reduced by utilising smaller tolerances. e.g H8 for ylinder bore, f8 for piston diameter. The full range of diameters applicable to the "Standard ", "Light" and "Heavy" uty Sections shown in the table below Housing pplicable Bore dia. Section Width Standard uty Light uty (/1) Heavy uty (/2) 2.2 1 to 16.9 17 to26.9 3.75 3.2 17 to 26.9 27 to 59.9 5.5 4.2 27 to 59.9 6 to 199.9 17 to 26.9 7.75 6.3 6 to 199.9 2 to 255.9 27 to 59.9 1.5 8.1 2 to 255.9 256 to 28 6 to 199.9 12.25 8.1 256 to 58 2 to 255.9 B161

laronpolyseal Single cting Piston Seal 851 When ordering, prefix the size reference with the style required and use the suffix shown in the material application tables ppendix 2. e.g. 851 Standard section in Bronze filled material for 7mm diameter 8517/B 851 Light duty section in Glass filled material for 7 mm diameter 8517/1G 851 Heavy duty section in arbon filled material for 7 mm diameter 8517/2 For ORing energiser materials other than Nitrile, use suffix shown in material table. ppendix 2 e.g Flourocarbon material (FKM), 8517/B/FKM For surface finish and lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For Housing dimensions and tolerances refer to the table of recommended sizes and ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 refer to Guide Tape page For the seal to function correctly it is important that care is taken during fitting. For details refer to ppendix 3 B162

laronpolyseal Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances laron Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances laron 8511/B 85112/B 85114/B 85115/B 85116/B 85118/B 8512/B 8512/1B 85122/B 85125/B 85125/2B 85128/B 8513/B 85132/B 85132/1B 85135/B 85136/B 851381/B 8514/B 8514/1B 85142/B 85145/B 85148/B 8515/B 8515/2B 85152/B 85155/B 8516/B 85163/B 85163/1B 85165/B 8517/B 8517/1B 85175/B 8518/B 8518/1B 85185/B 85185/2B 8519/B 8519/2B 85195/B 85195/2B 8511/B 8511/1B 8511/2B 85115/B 85115/2B 85111/B 85111/2B 851115/B 851115/2B 85112/B 85112/2B 851125/B 851125/2B 85113/B 85113/2B 851135/B 851135/2B 85114/B 85114/2B 85115/B 85115/2B 85116/B 85116/2B 85117/B 85117/2B 85118/B 85118/2B 85119/B 85119/2B 8512/B 8512/1B 85121/B 85122/B 85123/B 85124/B 85125/B 85125/2B 85126/B 85128/B 8513/B 85132/B 85132/1B 85135/B 85136/B 85138/B 8514/B 85142/B 85145/B 85148/B 8515/B 1. 12. 1 1 16. 18. 2. 2. 22. 2 2 28. 3. 32. 32. 3 36. 38.1 4. 4. 42. 4 48. 5. 5. 52. 5 6. 63. 63. 6 7. 7. 7 8. 8. 8 8 9. 9. 9 9 1. 1. 1. 1 1 11. 11. 11 11 12. 12. 12 12 13. 13. 13 13 14. 14. 15. 15. 16. 16. 17. 17. 18. 18. 19. 19. 2. 2. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 25. 26. 28. 3. 32. 32. 35. 36. 38. 4. 42. 45. 48. 5. 7. 9. 1. 11. 1.5 1 1 14.5 17.5 1 17. 19. 21. 24.5 2 2 27.1 29. 3 31. 3 37. 39. 34.5 41. 4 44.5 47.5 52. 49.5 54.5 59. 59.5 64.5 69. 69.5 6 74.5 69. 79.5 7 84.5 89. 89. 89.5 8 94.5 89. 99.5 9 14.5 99. 19.5 1 114.5 19. 119.5 11 124.5 129. 134.5 139. 144.5 139. 154.5 149. 164.5 159. 174.5 169. 179. 184.5 189. 199. 29. 219. 229. 225.5 235.5 255.5 275.5 295.5 299. 325.5 335.5 355.5 375.5 395.5 425.5 455.5 475.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.2 3.2 2.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 3.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 3.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 6.3 4.2 4.2 6.3 6.3 4.2 6.3 6.3 4.2 6.3 6.3 4.2 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 4.2 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 8.1 6.3 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 3.75 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 3.75 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.75 5.5 5.5 7.75 7.75 5.5 7.75 7.75 5.5 7.75 7.75 5.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 5.5 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 1.5 7.75 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 1.5 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25.3.3.3.3.3.5.5.3.5.5.8.8.8.8.5.8.8.8.8.5.8.8.8.8 1.2.8.8 1.2 1.2.8 1.2 1.2.8 1.2 1.2.8 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2.8 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5.2.2.2.2.2.3.3.2.3.3.35.35.35.35.3.35.35.35.35.3.35.35.35.35.35.35.35.35.35.5.5.5.35.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.6.6.6.6.6.5.6.6.6.6.6.6.6.6 1 H9 d 1 h9 L 1 +.2. S Nom Sec R 1 Max F/2 Max 1 H9 d 1 h9 L 1 +.2. S Nom Sec R 1 Max F/2 Max Single cting Piston Seal 851 imensions in bold type conform to ISO 74251 :1988 Intermediate sizes upto 58mm are available, incl. Imperial B163

laronpolyseal Piston Seal Retaining Ring PSR Imperial laron Style PSR retainer is designed to retain single acting piston seals. The retainer is manufactured from cetal (POM) and is profiled to fit into a groove on the piston. The retainer is split with two holes similar to a circlip to facilitate fitting with circlip pliers. The retainer provides a simple housing design solution for all single acting piston seals. ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids Temp. range 3 to 1 Linear Speed m/sec 5 Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, side load and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. POM Polyacetal IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based 8 HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based 8 HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S 8 HEPG Polyglycol based 1 HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 1 For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For seal housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PSR snap fits into a groove and may be fitted with standard circlip pliers. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. B181

laron laronpolyseal Piston Seal Retaining Ring PSR Refer to seal section Ø 1 Ød 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Nominal S +.13. L 1 +..13 T +.13.13 L 2 PSR 12586 PSR 15711 PSR 196137 PSR 196157 PSR 216157 32. 4. 5. 5. 5 22. 28. 3 4. 4. 6. 7.5 7.5 2.62 3.12 3.3 2.62 3.3 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 6. 6.4 6.4 PSR 248188 PSR 248196 PSR 275196 PSR 314236 PSR 354275 63. 63. 7. 8. 9. 48. 5. 5. 6. 7. 7.5 6.5 1. 1. 1. 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 6. 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 PSR 393314 PSR 411334 PSR 433354 1. 14.5 11. 8. 8 9. 1. 9.75 1. 3.3 3.3 3.3 2.1 2.2 2.1 6.4 6.3 6.4 B182

laron PSR 11262 PSR 14187 PSR 151 PSR 1621 PSR 162112 laronpolyseal Piston Seal Retaining Ring Refer to seal section Ø 1 Ød 1 1.125 1.417 1.5 1.625 1.625 PSR Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances.625.875 1. 1. 1.125 Nominal S.27 +.5. L 1.98.13.13.13.13 Imperial +..5 T.82.82.82.82.82 +.5.5 L 2.195 PSR 175125 PSR 178116 PSR 2137 PSR 21215 PSR 225162 1.75 1.781 2. 2.125 2.25 1.25 1.16 1.375 1.5 1.625.13.13.13.13.13.82.82.82.82.82 PSR 237175 PSR 25187 PSR 2622 PSR 2752 PSR 275212 2.375 2.625 2.75 2.75 1.75 1.875 2. 2. 2.125.13.13.13.13.13.82.82.82.82.82 PSR 3225 PSR 31225 PSR 32525 PSR 325262 PSR 337275 3. 3.125 3.25 3.25 3.375 2.25 2.625 2.75.13.13.13.13.13.82.82.82.82.82 PSR 35275 PSR 35287 PSR 3623 PSR 387312/1 PSR 4325 3.5 3.5 3.625 3.875 2.75 2.875 3. 3.125 3.25.13.13.13.19.13.82.82.82.11.82 PSR 4325/1 PSR 412337 PSR 41235 PSR 45375 PSR 475375 4.125 4.125 4.5 4.75 3.25 3.375 3.5 3.75 3.75.19.13.13.13.145.82.82.82.82.82.275.281 PSR 4754/1 PSR 54 PSR 5755/1 PSR 6756/1 PSR 8758/1 4.75 5.75 6.75 8.75 6. 8..19.145.19.19.19.11.82.11.11.11.281 B183

laronpolyseal Section Rod Seals

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal P LRON STYLE P is designed with a symmetrical profile for use as a single acting rod or piston seal. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber sealing element with a fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. esigned with initial radial interference to effect low pressure sealing, at higher pressures the seal is energised thus increasing the sealing force. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it s surface, thus reducing friction and wear. Style P is produced with radial grooves incorporated into the top of the seal on the pressure side. This innovative design ensures a rapid energisation of the seal without excessive end float and resultant wear. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F Pressure Bar 5 4 3 ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS 2 1.1.2.3.4.5 F (mm) Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For Piston applications refer to section B. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 11

laron P 7847 P 9463/1 P 9463/2 P 9847 P 987 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal P Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Js 11 f8 H9 L 1 +.25 Ø 1 Ød 1 ØG. 2. 2 2 2 2 12. 16. 16. 12. 18. 6.3 7.5 6.3 1. 7. Nominal Sec S 6.5 3.5 Min 2. 2. 2. 2. Max R 1.2.2.2.2 P 1262/1 P 1266 P 127 P 1278 P 1659 26. 26. 26. 26. 27. 16. 17. 18. 2. 1 8. 5.7 6.3 5.5 7. 4.5 3. 6. 2. 2. 1.5.2.2.2 P 117 P 1178 P 1178/1 P 11474 P 11878/1 28. 28. 28. 29. 3. 18. 2. 2. 19. 2. 6.3 7. 6.3 6.5 8. 2. 2. 2.4.2.2 P 11886/1 P 11886/2 P 12586 P 12594 P 12998/1 3. 3. 32. 32. 33. 22. 22. 22. 2 2 6.3 7.5 7.5 7. 6.3 2. 2. 2. 2..2.2.2.2 P 13798 P 14111/1 P 14911/1 P 149118 P 149118/1 3 36. 38. 38. 38. 2 28. 28. 3. 3. 8. 6.4 8. 6.4 8.5 2. 2. 2..2.2.2 P 157118 P 157125/1 P 165125 P 169137 P 173141 4. 4. 42. 43. 4 3. 32. 32. 3 36. 7.5 6.4 8. 6.4 6.4 2. 2. 2..2.2.2 P 173141/1 P 177118/1 P 177137/1 P 177137/5 P 181141/1 4 4 4 4 46. 36. 3. 3 3 36. 8.5 9. 9. 8. 8. 7.5 2..2.8 P 181149 P 185125 P 188157 P 196137/1 P 196137/2 46. 47. 48. 5. 5. 38. 32. 4. 3 3 6.3 11. 6.4 1 11. 7.5 7.5 7.5 2. 2..2.8.2.8.8 P 196157 P 196157/2 P 196157/3 P 196165 P 2141 5. 5. 5. 5. 51. 4. 4. 4. 42. 36. 11. 13.5 7.5 6.3 11.5 7.5 2..2.8 12

laron Js 11 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal P f8 Ø 1 Ød 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 ØG +.25. L 1 Nominal S Min Max R 1 P 216157/2 P 216177 P 216177/3 P 228196 P 236177/1 5 5 5 58. 6. 4. 4 4 5. 4 11.5 8. 1.5 8.5 11.5 7.5 7.5 2..8.2.8 P 236196 P 236196/3 P 244196/1 P 248188/2 P 255196/1 6. 6. 62. 63. 6 5. 5. 5. 48. 5. 8. 14.5 9.5 11. 11. 6. 7.5 7.5 3..8.8 P 255216 P 255216/1 P 25922 P 275196 P 275236/3 6 6 66. 7. 7. 5 5 56. 5. 6. 1.5 8. 8. 14.5 8. 1..8 P 275236/4 P 27922 P 283236 P 283236/2 P 295248 7. 71. 72. 72. 7 6. 56. 6. 6. 63. 14.5 1 1. 11. 9.6 7.5 6. 6. 6. 3. 3. 3..8 P 33255 P 37248 P 314236 P 314255 P 314275/1 77. 78. 8. 8. 8. 6 63. 6. 6 7. 9.6 1 14.5 11.5 8. 6. 7.5 1. 7.5 3..8.8.8 P 314275/3 P 322275/1 P 322275/2 P 334255 P 334275 8. 82. 82. 8 8 7. 7. 7. 6 7. 12. 9.6 11. 14.5 1 6. 6. 1. 7.5 3. 3..8.8 P 334295/1 P 342295 P 354275/1 P 358318 P 362314 8 87. 9. 91. 92. 7 7 7. 81. 8. 8. 9.5 1.5 8. 9.6 6. 1. 6. 3. 3..8 P 362314/1 P 374295 P 374314 P 374314/1 P 374334 92. 9 9 9 9 8. 7 8. 8. 8 11. 14.5 13. 1 8. 6. 1. 7.5 7.5 3..8.8.8 P 393314 P 393334 P 393354 P 41354 P 413334/1 1. 1. 1. 12. 1 8. 8 9. 9. 8 14.5 1 1.5 9.6 13. 1. 7.5 6. 1. 3..8.8.8 13

laron Js 11 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal P f8 Ø 1 Ød 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 ØG +.25. L 1 Nominal S Min Max R 1 P 413354 P 413354/1 P 421374 P 433342 P 433342/1 1 1 17. 11. 11. 9. 9. 9 87. 87. 9.5 1 1 8. 18.5 7.5 7.5 6. 11.5 11.5 3..8.8.8.8 P 452393/1 P 452413 P 472393 P 492433 P 492452 11 11 12. 12 12 1. 1 1. 11. 11 12. 11. 14.5 12. 8. 7.5 1. 7.5.8.8.8 P 523484 P 59492 P 629551/2 P 66162 P 66959/1 133. 15. 16. 168. 17. 123. 12 14. 153. 15. 8. 14.5 12. 1 14.5 1 1. 7.5 1. 6.5 1.2.8.8.8 14

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal P Imperial LRON STYLE P is designed with a symmetrical profile for use as a single acting Rod or Piston seal. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber sealing element with a fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. esigned with initial radial interference to effect low pressure sealing, at higher pressures the seal is energised thus increasing the sealing force. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it s surface, so reducing friction and wear. Style P is an effective seal over a wide range of applications. 5 4 Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F Pressure Bar ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS 3 2 1.1.2.3.4.5 F (mm) Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For Piston applications refer to section B. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 21

laron Js11 Ø 1 Ød 1 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal P f8 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 ØG +.25 + L 1 Nominal S Imperial Min Max R 1 P 5625 P 6231 P 6237 P 7537 P 755.562.625.625.281.93.93.93.93.93.1.1.1.1.1 P 8143 P 875 P 8762 P 9356 P 162.812.875.875.937 1..437.625.562.625.281.281.281.281.93.93.93.93.93.1.1.1.1.1 P 175 P 1975 P 11262 P 11275 P 11287 1. 1.93 1.125 1.125 1.125.625.875.281.163.171.93.93.93.93.1.1.1.1 P 11868 P 12575/1 P 12575/2 P 12587 P 1251 1.187 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25.687.875 1..93.93.1.1 P 1251/1 P 13181 P 13787 P 13787/1 P 1371 1.25 1.312 1.375 1.375 1.375 1..812.875.875 1..121.93.93.1.1 P 137112 P 14393 P 1587 P 1598 P 151 1.375 1.437 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.125.937.875.98 1..38.26.93.1 P 151/1 P 15125 P 156112 P 1621 P 162112 1.5 1.5 1.562 1.625 1.625 1. 1.25 1.125 1. 1.125.343.437.218.93.1 P 162125 P 162125/1 P 162125/2 P 16213 P 168118/1 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.627 1.687 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.32 1.187.281.24.162.93.93.93.93.1.1.1.1 P 1751 P 175112 P 175123 P 175125 P 175125/1 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1. 1.125 1.235 1.25 1.25.437.34.281.257 22

laron Js11 Ø 1 Ød 1 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal P f8 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 ØG +.25 + L 1 Nominal S Imperial Min Max R 1 P 175125/2 P 175137 P 187125 P 187125/1 P 187125/2 1.75 1.75 1.875 1.875 1.875 1.25 1.375 1.25 1.25 1.25.281.437.93.1 P 187125/3 P 18715 P 18715/1 P 193168 P 2137/1 1.875 1.875 1.875 1.937 2. 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.687 1.375 6.172.93.93.93.1.1.1 P 2137/2 P 2137/3 P 2137/4 P 2148 P 215 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.485 1.5.437.34.257 P 215/1 P 215/4 P 2162/2 P 21215/1 P 21215/2 2. 2. 2. 2.125 2.125 1.5 1.5 1.625 1.5 1.5.468.276.437.468.93.1 P 212175 P 212175/1 P 212175/2 P 21815 P 22515 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.187 2.25 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.5 1.5.172.3.281.437.468.343.93.93.93.1.1.1 P 225162 P 225175/1 P 225175/2 P 225187 P 237175 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.375 1.625 1.75 1.75 1.875 1.75.437.437.265.437.93.1 P 2372 P 243175 P 25175 P 25187 P 25187/1 2.375 2.437 2. 1.75 1.75 1.875 1.875.172.437.437.343.93.1 P 25187/3 P 25198 P 252 P 252/1 P 252/2 1.875 1.98 2. 2. 2..36.343.26 P 262187 P 2622 P 2622/2 P 2622/3 P 262212 2.625 2.625 2.625 2.625 2.625 1.875 2. 2. 2. 2.125.625.437 23

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal P Imperial laron Js11 Ø 1 f8 Ød 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 ØG +.25 + L 1 Nominal S Min Max R 1 P 262225 P 262225/1 P 2752 P 2752/1 P 2752/2 2.625 2.625 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.25 2.25 2. 2. 2..172.21.437.625.562.93.93.1.1 P 275212 P 275225 P 275231 P 2872 P 287212 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.875 2.875 2.125 2.25 2.312 2. 2.125.625.562.219.437.93.1 P 287225 P 287237 P 32 P 3212 P 3225 2.875 2.875 3. 3. 3. 2.25 2.375 2. 2.125 2.25.437.281.437 P 3225/1 P 3225/2 P 3237 P 325 P 3625 3. 3. 3. 3. 3.62 2.25 2.25 2.375.562.468.437.281 P 312237 P 31225 P 31225/1 P 32525 P 32525/1 3.125 3.125 3.125 3.25 3.25 2.375.562.625.562 P 32525/2 P 32525/3 P 325262 P 325273 P 325275 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 2.625 2.735 2.75.625.468.562.34.257.257 P 337262 P 337275/1 P 3525 P 35275 P 35275/1 3.375 3.375 3.5 3.5 3.5 2.625 2.75 2.75 2.75.562.437.562 P 35275/3 P 35287 P 353 P 362262 P 362287 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.625 3.625 2.75 2.875 3. 2.625 2.875.47.562 P 3623 P 375275 P 3753 P 3753/1 P 3753/2 3.625 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3. 2.75 3. 3. 3..562 24

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal P Imperial laron Js11 Ø 1 f8 Ød 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 ØG +.25 + L 1 Nominal S Min Max R 1 P 375323 P 387287 P 387312 P 43 P 43/2 3.75 3.875 3.875 3.23 2.875 3.125 3. 3..36.625.562.625.26 P 4325/1 P 4325/2 P 435 P 412337 P 41235 4.125 4.125 3.25 3.25 3.5 3.375 3.5.562.562 P 425325 P 42535/1 P 4535/1 P 4535/2 P 4535/3 4.25 4.25 4.5 4.5 4.5 3.25 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5.562.562 P 45375 P 45375/1 P 454 P 462362 P 462362/1 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.625 4.625 3.75 3.75 3.625 3.625.41 P 475375/1 P 475375/2 P 475425 P 4874 P 487437 4.75 4.75 4.75 4.875 4.875 3.75 3.75 4.25 4.375.812.656.437 P 54 P 5425 P 5254 P 525425 P 537437 5.25 5.25 5.375 4.25 4.25 4.375.562.625.46 P 5545 P 555 P 575475 P 65 P 6537 5.5 5.5 5.75 6. 6. 4.5 4.75 5.375 P 625525/1 P 625525/3 P 62555 P 6555 P 675575 6.25 6.25 6.25 6.5 6.75 5.25 5.25 5.5 5.5 5.75.531.875.687 P 7575 P 76 P 7625 P 77565 P 87 7. 7. 7. 7.75 8. 5.75 6. 6.25 6.5 7..937.562 1..875.625.625.46.46 25

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal P Imperial laron Js11 Ø 1 f8 Ød 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 ØG +.25 + L 1 Nominal S Min Max R 1 P 85725 P 95837 8.5 9.5 7.25 8.375 1..625.562.46.46 26

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal GP Imperial LRON STYLE GP is designed with a symmetrical profile for Rod or Piston applications. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber with a fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. esigned with initial radial interference to effect lowpressure sealing, the seal is progressively energised at higher pressures thereby increasing the sealing force. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it s surface, thus reducing friction and wear. Style GP is designed to provide effective low pressure sealing through distortion of the lips rather than squeeze. This gives an improved response to pressure variations and reduces low pressure stiction to ensure a smoother return stroke. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F Pressure Bar 5 4 ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS 3 2 1.1.2.3.4.5 F (mm) Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For Piston applications refer to section B. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 31

laron Js 11 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal GP f8 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 Ø 1 Ød 1 ØG +.25. L 1 Nominal S Min Max R 1 GP157118 GP196157 GP236196 GP27922 GP275236 4. 5. 6. 71. 7. 3. 4. 5. 56. 6. 7. 7. 7. 1. 7. 7.5.8 GP314236 GP37248 GP334275 GP354275 GP393314 8. 78. 8 9. 1. 6. 63. 7. 7. 8. 13. 1. 1 13. 13. 1. 7.5 7.5 1. 1..8.8.8.8.8 GP433354 11. 9. 13. 1..8 32

laron Js 11 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal GP f8 Ø 1 Ød 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 ØG +.25 + L 1 Nominal S Imperial Min Max R 1 GP 151 GP 215 GP 215/1 GP 21215 GP 2372/1 1.5 2. 2. 2.125 2.375 1. 1.5 1.5 1.5 2..468.468.36.313.188.93.1 GP 2622/1 GP 3237 GP 32525/1 2.625 3. 3.25 2. 2.375.562.313.313 33

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PI laron Style PI is designed for use as a single acting rod seal. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber sealing element with a fabric reinforced base and an acetal back up ring to resist extrusion. The acetal back up ring allows larger clearances and higher pressures. esigned with initial radial interference to effect low pressure sealing, at higher pressures the seal is progressively energised thus increasing the sealing force. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining fluid within its surface so reducing both friction and wear. Style P is produced with radial grooves incorporated into the top of the seal on the pressure side. This innovative design ensures a rapid energisation of the seal without excessive end float and resultant wear. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 section for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS Maximum iametral learance F Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 41

laron Js 11 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PI f8 Ø 1 d 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 ØG +.25. L 1 Nominal S Min Max R 1 PI 9463 PI 1678 PI 117 PI 1178 PI 11886 2 27. 28. 28. 3. 16. 2. 18. 2. 22. 6.3 6.4 6.3 7. 7. 3.5 2. 2. 2. 2. 2..2.2.2.2.2 PI 12998 PI 12998/1 PI 12998/2 PI 13798 PI 14911 33. 33. 33. 3 38. 2 2 2 2 28. 7. 6.3 7.5 8. 8.5 2. 2. 2..2.2.2 PI 14911/1 PI 149118 PI 15711 PI 157118 PI 157125 38. 38. 4. 4. 4. 28. 3. 28. 3. 32. 8. 6.4 9. 7.5 9. 6. 2. 3. 2..2.2 PI 157125/2 PI 165125 PI 169141 PI 173125 PI 177118 4. 42. 43. 4 4 32. 32. 36. 32. 3. 8.5 8. 6.4 12. 9.5 3.5 6. 7.5 2. 2. 3..2.2.8 PI 177137 PI 177137/3 PI 181141/1 PI 196137/2 PI 196157/1 4 4 46. 5. 5. 3 3 36. 3 4. 7. 1.5 8. 11. 1.5 7.5.8 PI 196157/2 PI 196157/3 PI 216157 PI 216157/1 PI 216177 5. 5. 5 5 5 4. 4. 4. 4. 4 13.5 8. 8. 1.5 8. 7.5 7.5.8.8 PI 216177/1 PI 236188/1 PI 236196 PI 236196/1 PI 236196/3 5 6. 6. 6. 6. 4 48. 5. 5. 5. 11. 11. 8. 1.5 14.5 6. 3. PI 244196/1 PI 255196 PI 255216 PI 25922 PI 275216 62. 6 6 66. 7. 5. 5. 5 56. 5 9.5 11. 1.5 1.5 1.5 6. 7.5 7.5 3..8.8 PI 275236 PI 275236/3 PI 27922 PI 295236 PI 37248 7. 7. 71. 7 7 6. 6. 56. 6. 63. 13. 8. 1 13. 1 7.5 7.5 7.5.8.8.8 42

laron Js 11 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PI f8 Ø 1 d 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 ØG +.25. L 1 Nominal S Min Max R 1 PI 314236 PI 314275 PI 322275 PI 326248 PI 334255 8. 8. 82. 83. 8 6. 7. 7. 63. 6 14.5 1 1.5 14.5 14.5 1. 6. 1. 1. 3..8.8.8 PI 334275 PI 354275 PI 374295 PI 374314 PI 374314/1 8 9. 9 9 9 7. 7. 7 8. 8. 1 14.5 14.5 13. 1 7.5 1. 1. 7.5 7.5.8.8.8.8.8 PI 393314 PI 413354/1 PI 433354 PI 452374 PI 452413 1. 1 11. 11 11 8. 9. 9. 9 1 14.5 1 1 14.5 1.5 1. 7.5 1. 1..8.8.8.8 PI 472393 PI 511433 PI 551492/1 PI 629551 PI 66959/1 12. 13. 14. 16. 17. 1. 11. 12 14. 15. 14.5 1 13. 1 14.5 1. 1. 7.5 1. 1. 6..8.8.8.8.8 43

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PEI Imperial LRON STYLE PEI is designed for use as a single acting Rod seal. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber sealing element with a bonded fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. Style PEI also has the added benefit of a clip on POM antiextrusion ring for larger clearances or higher pressures. esigned with initial radial interference to effect low pressure sealing, at higher pressures the seal is progressively energised thus increasing the sealing force. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it s surface, thus reducing friction and wear. Style PEI is an effective design over a wide range of applications. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS Maximum iametral learance F Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 51

laron Js 11 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PEI f8 Ø 1 Ød 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 ØG +.25 L 1 Nominal S Imperial Min Max R 1 PEI 162 PEI 1975 PEI 11275 PEI 12575/1 PEI 12575/2 1. 1.93 1.125 1.25 1.25.625.281.281.171.93.93.93.1.1.1 PEI 1251 PEI 13787/1 PEI 1371 PEI 137112 PEI 14393 1.25 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.437 1..875 1. 1.125.937.93.93.93.1.1.1 PEI 151 PEI 151/1 PEI 151/2 PEI 156112 PEI 162112 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.562 1.625 1. 1. 1. 1.125 1.125.437.343.218.93.1 PEI 162125 PEI 162125/1 PEI 175112 PEI 175125 PEI 187125 1.625 1.625 1.75 1.75 1.875 1.25 1.25 1.125 1.25 1.25.281.437.437.93.93.1.1 PEI 187125/2 PEI 18715/1 PEI 18715/2 PEI 215 PEI 215/1 1.875 1.875 1.875 2. 2. 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5.281.468.93.93.1.1.1.1 PEI 2162/1 PEI 21215/1 PEI 212175/1 PEI 212175/2 PEI 225175/1 2. 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.25 1.625 1.5 1.75 1.75 1.75.281.437.3.281.93.93.93.1.1.1.1 PEI 2312 PEI 237175 PEI 237198 PEI 25175 PEI 25198 2.312 2.375 2.375 2. 1.75 1.98 1.75 1.98.437.36.36.197.26.93.93.1.1.1 PEI 252/1 PEI 25212 PEI 2622 PEI 2752/1 PEI 275225 2.625 2.75 2.75 2. 2.125 2. 2. 2.25.437.625.93.1.1.1 PEI 325 PEI 3625 PEI 325225 PEI 32525/1 PEI 35275 3. 3.62 3.25 3.25 3.5 2.25 2.75.437.875.562.562.281.1.1 52

laron Js11 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal Imperial PEI f8 Ø 1 Ød 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 ØG +.25 L 1 Nominal S Min Max R 1 PEI 3753 PEI 425348 PEI 42535/1 PEI 4754/1 PEI 54 3.75 4.25 4.25 4.75 3. 3.48 3.5.562.45.562.687.385 53

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PVM & PV Imperial laron Style PV and PVM is a single acting rod or piston seal for medium to heavy duty applications. The assembly consists of a male and female header and a series of 'V' rings. The number of 'V' rings may be varied to alter the assembled height. The material is generally fabric reinforced NBR rubber, although style PVM incorporates an 'NBR only' 'V'ring to assist low pressure sealing. This is now a non preferred design, but it still has a place in application where difficult conditions prevail such as pressure surges and misalignment. Pressure Bar 4 3 2 1 Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 4 Bar.15 7 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information..1.2.3.4 F (mm).5 ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS Maximum iametral learance F Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PV and PVM are designed to be fitted to a split gland or piston. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 61

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PVM laron H9 Ø 1 f8 Ød 1 H9 ØG Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.2. L 1 L 2 Y Nominal S Min. Max. R 1 No. of fabric V rings No. of Rubber V rings PVM 1262 PVM 117 PVM 11878 PVM 12578 PVM 14598 26 28 3 32 37 16 18 2 2 25 18.5 18.5 18.5 2 2 19.5 19.5 19.5 23.7 23.7 2. 2. 2. 2. 6. 6. 3. 3..3.3.3.4.4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 PVM 15798 PVM 15711 PVM 157118 PVM 165118 PVM 185125 4 4 4 42 47 25 28 3 3 32 2 2 18.5 2 2 23.7 23.7 19.5 23.7 23.7 2. 2. 7.5 6. 7.5 4. 3. 3. 4..4.4.3.4.4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 PVM 185137 PVM 196137 PVM 216157 B PVM 236177 PVM 255177 47 5 55 6 65 35 35 4 45 45 2 2 2 2 27.5 23.7 23.7 23.7 23.7 28.2 2. 3.5 6. 7.5 7.5 7.5 1. 3. 4. 4. 4..4.4.4.4.6 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 PVM 255196 PVM 275216 PVM 295236 PVM 314236 B PVM 314255 65 7 75 8 8 5 55 6 6 65 2 2 2 37. 2 23.7 23.7 23.7 38.2 23.7 3.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 1. 7.5 4. 4. 4. 4..4.4.4.6.4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 PVM 326248 PVM 334275 PVM 354275 PVM 354295 PVM 374314 83 85 9 9 95 63 7 7 75 8 37. 2 4. 2 2 38.2 23.7 41.2 23.7 23.7 3.5 3. 1. 7.5 1. 7.5 7.5 4. 4. 4..6.4.6.4.4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 PVM 393334 PVM 413354 PVM 433354 E PVM 472393 1 15 11 12 85 9 9 1 2 2 4. 4. 23.7 23.7 41.2 41.2 3. 7.5 7.5 1. 1. 4. 4..4.4.6.6 3 3 3 4 2 2 2 1 62

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PV laron H9 Ø 1 f9 Ød 1 H9 ØG Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.2. L 1 Nominal S Min. Max. R 1 No. of fabric V rings No. of Rubber V rings Effective depth of single Fabric V PV 9455 PV 17118 PV 196137B PV 196157 PV 196157B 24. 43.5 5. 5. 5. 14. 27.5 3 4. 4. 16. 18.25 22. 19.5 23. 4. 8. 7.5 2. 4. 4..4.4.4.4.4 3 1 4 2 3 4.73 3. 4.5 4.5 PV 216157 PV 216157 PV 216157 PV 236157 PV 24177 5 5 5 6. 61. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4 2 27.8 1.5 3. 31. 7.5 7.5 7.5 1. 8. 4. 4. 4. 4..4.4.4.4.4 3 3 1 3 3 1 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.44 PV 24177B PV 255177 PV 255177B PV 263196 PV 275196 61. 6 6 67. 7. 4 4 4 5. 5. 31. 27.5 27. 27.1 3. 8. 1. 1. 8.5 1. 4. 4..4.4.4.4.4 2 3 2 2 1 2 5 1 4.44 3.8 3.5 4.7 6.7 PV 275196B PV 295216 PV 311236 PV 314236 PV 314236B 7. 7 79. 8. 8. 5. 5 6. 6. 6. 3 26. 31.5 26. 37. 1. 1. 9.5 1. 1..4.4.4.4.4 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 6.7 5.2 7. 5.1 5.1 PV 314236 PV 314236 PV 334255 PV 35275B PV 354275 8. 8. 8 89. 9. 6. 6. 6 7. 7. 31. 37. 3. 23. 4. 1. 1. 1. 9.5 1..4.4.4.4.4 4 4 3 2 4 1 5.1 5.1 5.1 7.3 PV 354275B PV 354275 PV 374295 PV 374314B PV 393314 9. 9. 9 9 1. 7. 7. 7 8. 8. 3 3. 3. 26.5 31.5 1. 1. 1. 7.5 1. 4..4.4.4.4.4 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 3.5 2.8 5.25 PV 393314B PV 393314 PV 397342 PV 433354 PV 433354B 1. 1. 11. 11. 11. 8. 8. 87. 9. 9. 41.5 21. 3. 3. 31.7 1. 1. 7. 1. 1. 4..4.4.4.4.4 3 1 3 3 3 2 2 5.25 5.25 PV 433354 PV 492393 PV 57452 PV 551472 PV 551472B 11. 12 129. 14. 14. 9. 1. 11 12. 12. 21. 27.5 3. 3. 3 1. 1 7. 1. 1. 6.5 4..4 1.2.4.4.4 1 3 3 3 4 2 3.5 4.5 4.5 PV 551492 PV183964 14. 27 12 24 24. 58. 7.5 1 4. 7.5.4.8 3 5 3.75 7.5 63

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PV Imperial laron PV 95 PV 9562 PV 1175 PV 1175B PV 12587 H9 Ø 1.96.95 1.1 1.1 1.25 f9 H9 Ød 1 ØG.625.875 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.1. L 1.531.531.531.64.657 Nominal S.23.167.175.175 Min..93.93.93.93.93 Max. R 1.1.1.1.1.1 No. of fabric V rings 3 3 2 3 3 No. of Rubber V rings Effective depth of single Fabric V.11.11.11.11.1 PV 13181 PV 13775 PV 1371 PV 14191 PV 1587 1.312 1.375 1.375 1.41 1.5.812 1..91.875.625 1.2.625 1.125.93.1 2 3 4 2 4.13.185.11.14.186 PV 151 PV 151B PV 15616 PV 15616B PV 1621 1.5 1.5 1.562 1.562 1.625 1. 1. 1.62 1.62 1..875.695.815 1. 2 3 3 4 3.175.175.186 PV 162112 PV 175125 PV 175125B PV 177115 PV 178128 1.625 1.75 1.75 1.775 1.781 1.125 1.25 1.25 1.153 1.281 1..875.625.316 3 3 5 2 2.14.15.15.21.14 PV 188137 PV 2138 PV 2138B PV 215 PV 215B 1.889 2. 2. 2. 2. 1.375 1.38 1.38 1.5 1.5 1. 1. 1.165.9.257.31.31 3 4 5 3 4 2.12.165.165.15.15 PV 21215 PV 21215B PV 21215 PV 21215 PV 21215F 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5.9 1. 1.78 1.4 1. 2 3 2 3 2 1 1.165.165.165.165.165 PV 225125 PV 225175 PV 225175B PV 225175 PV 225175 PV 225175E 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 1.25 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.84.735.64.79.9 4 2 1 2 3 3 1 1 1 1.295.129.129.129.129.129 PV 225175G PV 226175 PV 237175 PV 237175B PV 237175 2.25 2.264 2.375 2.375 2.375 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75.9.681.97.99 1.93.257 4 2 2 3 3 1.129.19.19.19 PV 237175 PV 237175E PV 2372 PV 25175 PV 25175B 2.375 2.375 2.375 1.75 1.75 2. 1.75 1.75 1.187 1.93.718 1. 1.186.93.1 4 2 3 3 3 1 1.19.19.1.195.195 64

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PV Imperial laron H9 Ø 1 f9 Ød 1 H9 ØG Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.1. L 1 Nominal S Min. Max. R 1 No. of fabric V rings No. of Rubber V rings Effective depth of single Fabric V PV 252 PV 252B PV 252/ PV 252 PV 252E 2. 2. 2. 2. 2..65.875.91.812 2 2 4 3 3.15.165.15.165.165 PV 2622 PV 2622B PV 2622 PV 2622 PV 2752 2.625 2.625 2.625 2.625 2.75 2. 2. 2. 2. 2..937 1. 1.58 1.125.978 3 3 3 4 2 1 1.192.192.192.192.24 PV 2752B PV 275212 PV 275225 PV 275225B PV 27622 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.764 2. 2.125 2.25 2.25 2.2 1.27 1..86.681.282 2 3 3 4 2.24.186.12.12.12 PV 287225 PV 32 PV 32B PV 3225 PV 3225B 2.875 3. 3. 3. 3. 2.25 2. 2. 2.25 2.25 1.58 1. 1.5 1.2 1.6.15 3 1 3 2 3 1.192.295.295.23.195 PV 3225 PV 3225 PV 3225F PV 325 PV 325B 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2.25 2.25 2.25 1.281 1.225 1.25.718.81 4 4 3 3 3.23.195.195.13.13 PV 33227 PV 33227B PV 312249 PV 32525 PV 32525B 3.3 3.3 3.125 3.25 3.25 2.273 2.273 2.49 1.22 1.22 1.58.978 1.66.38.38.317 4 2 3 2 3 2 1 1.195.195.17.195.214 PV 32525 PV 337262 PV 337262B PV 35275 PV 35275 3.25 3.375 3.375 3.5 3.5 2.625 2.625 2.75 2.75 1.25 1.975 1.312 1. 1.25 4 6 3 2 3 1.214.22.22.17 PV 35275 PV 353278 PV 3623 PV 3753 PV 3753B 3.5 3.531 3.625 3.75 3.75 2.75 2.781 3. 3. 3. 1.28 1.2.875 1.6 1.32 3 2 2 2 3 2 1 2.2.225.18.195.195 PV 3753 PV 3753 PV 376319 PV 4325 PV 4325B 3.75 3.75 3.767 3. 3. 3.196 3.25 3.25 1.25.97.889 1.141 1.23.285 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 1.195.195.195.195 PV 4337 PV 435 PV 435B PV 43328 PV 418368 4.31 4.187 3.375 3.5 3.5 3.281 3.687.937.762.937 1.156.889 2 3 4 2 3 2 2.186.145.145.196.12 65

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PV Imperial laron H9 Ø 1 f9 Ød 1 H9 ØG Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.1. L 1 Nominal S Min. Max. R 1 No. of fabric V rings No. of Rubber V rings Effective depth of single Fabric V PV 42535 PV 42535B PV 42535 PV 42535 PV 42635 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.269 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 1.3 1.21.875.92 1.46.384 3 3 2 2 3 1 2.25.25.25.25.2 PV 4535 PV 45375 PV 45387 PV 454 PV 454B 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 3.75 3.875 1.389 1.2.937 1.32 1.289 3 3 2 3 4.195.186.255.255 PV 535 PV 54 PV 54B PV 52425 PV 5545 29 5.5 3.5 4.25 4.5 1.625 1.496 1.312 1.46 1.496.389 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1.295.196 PV 55475 PV 65 PV 76 PV 87 5.5 6. 7. 8. 4.75 6. 7. 1.125 1.265 1.375 1.281 3 3 3 3.23.225.225.234 66

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PS Imperial laron Style PS rod seal is a 3 piece assembly consisting of a Nitrile Rubber sealing element which is backed up by a tough Thermoplastic elastomer header complete with an cetal antiextrusion ring on the I.. The complete assembly forms a highly robust sealing unit for use in high pressure applications where shock loads and pressure spikes are present. This seal is widely used in the mobile plant industry and is also a modern replacement for common veepac seals. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 325 Bar.15 6 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PS is designed to be fitted into a split gland as shown in the illustration below. The seal can be supplied split to ease fitting if required. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 71

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PS Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.25 f8 H9 Js11 Nominal. Section Ød 1 ØG Ø 1 S L 1 Min. Max. R 1 PS 169118 PS 24157 PS 216157 PS 248196 PS 255196 3 4 4 5 5 43 52 55 63 65 2. 2 2 2. 2 6.5 6. 7.5 6.5 7.5 3 3 4 3 4.4.4.4.4.4 PS 295236 6 75 2 7.5 4.4 72

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PS Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances f8 H9 Js11 +.1 Nominal. Ød 1 ØG Ø 1 S L 1 Imperial Min. Max. R 1 PS 175125 PS 215 PS 237175 PS 252 PS 2622 1.25 1.5 1.75 2. 2. 1.75 2. 2.375 2.625.748 1.6.85 1. PS 32525 3.25 1.23 73

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal EGS Imperial laron Style EGS rod seal is a 2 piece assembly consisting of a Nitrile Rubber sealing element complete with rubberised fabric reinforcement which is backed up by a tough Thermoplastic elastomer header. The complete assembly forms a robust sealing unit for use in high pressure applications where shock loads and pressure spikes are present. This seal is widely used in telescopic cylinder applications. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range m/s 3 to 1.5 25 Bar.15 4 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style EGS is designed to be fitted into a split gland as shown in the illustration below. The seal can be supplied split to ease fitting if required. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 81

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances laron + ±.1 H9 ±.3 Max. Max. Ød 1 ØG Ø 1 EGS +.25 L 1 F Imperial Max. R 1 R 2 EGS 275 EGS 35 EGS 437 EGS 525 EGS 631 2.75 3.5 4.365 5.249 6.312 3.2 4.13 4.888 5.888 6.889.775.1.1.1.1.1.2.2.2.2.2.3.3.3.3.3 EGS 731 EGS 837 7.312 8.375 7.954 9..1.1.2.2.3.3 82

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PU Imperial The laron style PU is a symmetrical profiled lip seal manufactured in a high performance grade of Polyurethane and is suitable for both rod and piston sealing. The sealing lips are machine trimmed to ensure dimensional consistency and good low pressure sealing. Polyurethane exhibits outstanding abrasion and extrusion resistance. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 4 to 8 4 to 11.5 28 Bar 25 Bar.15 4 Bar 35 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F Pressure Bar 5 4 ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 3 2 1 Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 8 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal..3.4.5.6.7.8 F mm For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Refer to section B for piston applicaion. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 91

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PU laron Js 11 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances f8 H9 +.25. Ød 1 ØG L 1 Nominal L 2 Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PU 7847 PU 7855 PU 8663 PU 9855 PU 9863 PU 987 PU 1263 PU 127 PU 1178 PU 1178/1 2. 2. 22. 2 2. 2 26. 26. 28. 28. 12. 1 16. 1 16. 18. 16. 18. 2. 2. 9. 4.5 6.1 8.25 6.75 8.75 5.7 7.25 5.7 8.4 4.4 5.5 7.5 6. 8. 6.5 3. 3. 5.5 4.5 3.5 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3..2.2.2.3.3.2.3.2.2.3 PU 1186 PU 11878 PU 11886 PU 11888 PU 12998 28. 3. 3. 3. 33. 22. 2. 22. 22.4 2 5.5 8.75 6.75 5.7 6.3 4.5 8. 6. 5.7 3. 3.8 3. 3. 3. 3..2.3.2.3.2 PU 12998/1 PU 12998/2 PU 13798 PU 13798/1 PU 13798/2 33. 33. 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 8.75 5.6 8.75 1.75 7.5 8. 8. 1. 7.3 3. 3..2.2.3.3.3 PU 13911 PU 14998 PU 15778 PU 15798 PU 157118 35.5 38. 4. 4. 4. 28. 2 2. 2 3. 5.7 1.75 12. 1.75 1.75 1. 11. 1. 1. 3.75 6.5 1. 7.5 3..2.3.3 PU 157118/1 PU 163124 PU 165118 PU 165125 PU 177118 4. 41.5 42. 42. 4 3. 31.5 3. 32. 3. 7. 7. 1.75 6.3 1.75 6. 6. 1. 5.8 1. 6. 7.5.3.3.3.3.3 PU 177137 PU 177137/1 PU 181141 PU 196118 PU 196137 4 4 46. 5. 5. 3 3 36. 3. 3 1.75 7. 8. 1.75 1.75 1. 6. 7.3 1. 1. 1. 7.5.3.3.3.3 PU 196157 PU 196157/2 PU 196157/3 PU 216149 PU 216177/1 5. 5. 5. 5 5 4. 4. 4. 38. 4 1.75 5.75 7. 1.75 6.75 1. 6. 1. 6. 8.5.3.3.3.3 PU 216177 PU 236157 PU 236157/1 PU 236177 PU 236196 5 6. 6. 6. 6. 4 4. 4. 4 5. 1.75 12.75 19. 1.75 1.75 1. 12. 18. 1. 1. 1. 1. 7.5.3.3 92

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PU laron Js 11 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances f8 H9 +.25. Ød 1 ØG L 1 Nominal L 2 Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PU 236196/1 PU 24828 PU 255177 PU 255196 PU 255216/2 6. 63. 6 6 6 5. 53. 4 5. 5 7. 6.75 1.75 1.75 7. 6. 6. 1. 1. 6. 1. 7.5.3.3.3 PU 255216 PU 275196 PU 275196/1 PU 275196/2 PU 275236/1 6 7. 7. 7. 7. 5 5. 5. 5. 6. 12.75 12.75 1.75 19. 7. 12.. 12. 1. 18. 6. 1. 1. 1..3.3 PU 275236 PU 295255/2 PU 295255 PU 295255/1 PU 37228 7. 7 7 7 78. 6. 6 6 6 58. 12.75 7. 12.75 1.75 16. 12. 6. 12. 1. 1.3.3.3.3.3 PU 314236 PU 314236/1 PU 314255 PU 314275/3 PU 314275/1 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 6. 6. 6 7. 7. 12.75 19. 12.75 7. 9. 12. 18. 12. 6. 8. 1. 1. 7.5.3.3 PU 314275/2 PU 314275 PU 334275 PU 334295 PU 354275 8. 8. 8 8 9. 7. 7. 7. 7 7. 11. 12.75 12.75 7. 12.75 1. 12. 12. 6. 12. 7.5 1..3.3.3 PU 354295 PU 354314/1 PU 354314 PU 374314 PU 393314 9. 9. 9. 9 1. 7 8. 8. 8. 8. 12.75 7. 12.75 1.75 12.75 12. 6. 12. 1. 12. 7.5 7.5 1..3.3 PU 393334/1 PU 393334 PU 4133354/1 PU 413354 PU 433374/1 1. 1. 1 1 11. 8 8 9. 9. 9 1. 12.75 1. 12.75 1. 9. 12. 9. 12. 9. 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 PU 433374 PU 452393/1 PU 452393 PU 492393 PU 492433 11. 11 11 12 12 9 1. 1. 1. 11. 12.75 1. 12.75 15.75 12.75 12. 9. 12. 1 12. 7.5 7.5 7.5 1 7.5 6.5.6 PU 49244 PU 492452 PU 551492 PU 59535 PU 61551 12 12 14. 15. 15 112. 11 12 136. 14. 1. 12.75 1. 1. 1. 9. 12. 9. 9. 9. 6.5 7.5 7.5 7.5.3.3 93

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PU Imperial laron Js 11 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances f8 H9 +.1. Ød 1 ØG L 1 Nominal L 2 Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PU 5631 PU 162 PU 162/1 PU 12587 PU 151.562 1. 1. 1.25 1.5.625.625.875 1..275.3.28.28.275.281.93.93.93.93.16.16.16.16 PU 162112 PU 175112 PU 175125 PU 18715 PU 2137 1.625 1.75 1.75 1.875 2. 1.125 1.125 1.25 1.5 1.375.55.55.275.582.28.562.93.16 PU 2137/1 PU 22515 PU 225162 PU 237175 PU 237175/1 2. 2.25 2.25 2.375 2.375 1.375 1.5 1.625 1.75 1.75.52.55.457.582.395.437.562.46 PU 2515 PU 25212 PU 2622 PU 2622/1 PU 262212 2.625 2.625 2.625 1.5 2.125 2. 2. 2.125.665.28.582.34.395.625.562.93.16 PU 2752 PU 287187 PU 3225 PU 3237 PU 31225 2.75 2.875 3. 3. 3.125 2. 1.875 2.25 2.375.52.665.52.582.582.625.562.562.216.46.46.46 PU 325262 PU 337275 PU 3525 PU 35275 PU 3623 3.25 2.375 3.5 3.5 3.625 2.625 2.75 2.75 3..582.582.73.52.582.562.562.687.562.216.46.46 PU 3623/1 PU 3753 PU 387325 PU 43 PU 412337 3.625 3.75 3.875 4.125 3. 3. 3.25 3. 3.375.34.52.582.73.582.562.687.562.216.46.46 PU 42535 PU 425362 PU 4535 PU 487425 PU 5437 4.25 4.25 4.5 4.875 3.5 3.625 3.5 4.25 4.375.53.582.73.582.582.562.687.562.562.216.46 PU 525462 PU 6537 PU 7637 5.25 6. 7. 4.625 5.375 6.375.582.582.582.562.562.562 94

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PU.../F Imperial The laron style PU.../F is a symmetrical profiled lip seal manufactured in a high performance grade of Polyurethane and is suitable for both rod and piston sealing. The sealing lips are machine trimmed to ensure dimensional consistency and good low pressure sealing. Polyurethane exhibits outstanding abrasion and extrusion resistance. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 4 to 8 4 to 11.5 28 Bar 25 Bar.15 4 Bar 35 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F Pressure Bar 5 4 ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 3 2 1.3.4.5.6.7.8 F mm Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 11

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PU.../F laron Js 11 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances f8 H9 +.25. Ød 1 ØG L 1 Nominal L 2 Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PU 8663/F PU 11878/1F PU 14178/F PU 14111/F PU 196177/F 22 3 36 36 5 16 2 2 28 45 4.5 6.75 8.75 4.5 4.5 4. 6. 8. 4. 4. 3. 8. 4. 3. 4. 3. 1.5.2.3.4.2.2 PU 267236/F PU 393354/F PU 511433/F PU 846669/F 68 1 13 215 6 9 11 17 8.75 7.5 15.75 22. 8. 7. 1 2. 4. 1. 2 3. 4. 8..2.3.4 1. 12

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PU.../F Imperial Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Js 11 f8 H9 +.1 Nominal Nominal Min Max.. Ø 1 Ød 1 ØG L 1 L 2 S R 1 PU 6231/F PU 8643/F PU 7537/F PU 7537/1F PU 8762/F.625.687.875.437.625.275.281.3.275.275.281.93.93.93.93.93.16.16.16.16.16 PU 175/F PU 162112/F PU 168118/F PU 175112/F PU 26168/F 1. 1.625 1.687 1.75 2.62 1.125 1.187 1.125 1.687.175.55.55.34.93.93.16.16 13

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PU.../G Imperial The laron style PG.../G is an asymmetrical profiled lip seal designed for medium duty rod applications. Features include an outside diameter specifically designed for static face sealing and a robust inner lip for high performance sealing. Manufactured in a high performance grade of Polyurethane for outstanding abrasion and extrusion resistance combined with flexibility for ease of installation. European and Japanese standard housings are covered in this range. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 4 to 8 4 to 11.5 28 Bar 25 Bar.15 4 Bar 35 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F Pressure Bar 5 4 ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 3 2 1 Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 8 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal..3.4.5.6.7.8 F mm For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 111

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PU.../G f8 H9 Js 11 +.25. Ød 1 ØG Ø 1 L 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Nominal L 2 Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PU 7447/G PU 1178/G PU 14111/G PU 145118/G PU 157118/1G 12 2 28 3 3 19 28 36 37 4 5.6 6.3 6.3 6.7 8. 5.7 5.7 6. 7.3 3.5 4. 4. 3.5 3. 3. 3. 3. 3.5.3.3.3.3.5 PU 157125/G PU 177137/1G PU 188157/G PU 255157/G PU 28177/G 32 35 4 4 45 4 45 48 55 53 6.3 8. 6.3 11. 6.3 5.7 7.3 5.7 1. 5.8 4. 4. 7.5 4. 3. 3.5 3. 3..3.5.3.3.3 PU 228177/G PU 248196/G PU 267216/G PU 287236/G PU 37255/G 45 5 55 6 65 58 63 68 73 78 9. 11. 11. 11. 11. 8.3 1. 1. 1. 1. 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 4. 4. 4. 4. 4..4.4.4.4.4 PU 314255/G PU 334255/G PU 326275/G PU 354275/G PU 346295/G 65 65 7 7 75 8 85 83 9 88 1. 13. 11. 13. 11. 9. 12. 1. 12. 1. 7.5 1. 6.5 1. 6.5 4. 4..3.6.4.4.4 PU 366314/G PU 374295/G PU 374314/G PU 393314/G PU 393334/G 8 75 8 8 85 93 95 95 1 1 11. 13. 1. 13. 11. 1. 12. 9. 12. 1. 6.5 1. 7.5 1. 7.5 4..6.6.4.6.4 PU 393354/G PU 413354/G PU 413354/1G PU 433354/G PU 433374/G 9 9 9 9 95 1 15 15 11 11 13. 11. 1. 13. 11. 12. 1. 9. 12. 1. 7.5 7.5 1. 7.5.6.4.4.6.4 PU 452374/G PU 452393/G PU 472393/G PU 511433/G PU 629551/G 95 1 1 11 14 115 115 12 13 16 13. 11. 13. 13. 14. 12. 1. 12. 12. 13. 1. 7.5 1. 1. 1..6.4.6.6.6 PU 728649/G PU 885787/G 165 2 185 225 13. 18. 12. 16.5 1. 1.6.6 112

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal Imperial PU.../G f8 H9 Js 11 +.1 Ød 1 ØG Ø 1. L 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Nominal L 2 Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PU 16/G PU 1251/G PU 212175/G PU 252/G PU 275225/G.65 1. 1.75 2. 2.25 1. 1.25 2.125 2.75.275.25.28.413.413.26.38.38.197.93.93.93.16.16.16 PU 287237/G PU 325/G PU 312262/G PU 325275/G PU 353/G 2.375 2.625 2.75 3. 2.875 3. 3.125 3.25 3.5.413.413.413.413.413.38.38.38.38.38 PU 375325/G PU 435/G PU 42535/1G PU 425375/G PU 4624/G 3.25 3.5 3.5 3.75 3.75 4.25 4.25 4.625.413.413.69.62.413.38.38.66.58.38.4 PU 575525/G PU 61255/G PU 725675/G PU 7565/G PU 87/G 5.25 5.5 6.75 6.5 7. 5.75 6.125 7.25 7.5 8..62.413.62.785.785.58.38.58.755.755.218.218.4.4 113

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PG Imperial The laron style PG is an asymmetrical profiled lip seal designed for medium duty rod applications. Features include an outside diameter specifically designed for static face sealing and a robust inner lip with a secondary supporting sealing edge for high performance sealing. Manufactured in a high performance grade of Polyurethane for outstanding abrasion and extrusion resistance combined with flexibility for ease of installation. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 4 to 8 4 to 11.5 28 Bar 25 Bar.15 4 Bar 35 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F Pressure Bar 5 4 3 2 1.3.4.5.6.7.8 F mm ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in m ineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 8 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 121

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal f8 H9 Js 11 +.25. Ød 1 ØG Ø 1 L 1 PG Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Nominal L 2 Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PG 1424 PG 1622 PG 2533 PG 284 PG 34 14 16 25 28 3 24 22 33 4 4 8. 7.5 9. 11. 7.3 4.5 6.8 8. 1. 3. 4. 6..3.3.3.3.3 PG 34/1 PG 3242 PG 3545 PG 45 PG 455 3 32 35 4 4 4 42 45 5 55 7.5 11. 11. 11. 11. 7. 1. 1. 1. 1. 7.5 4..3.3.3.3.4 PG 56 PG 56/1 PG 565 PG 675 PG 6585 5 5 5 6 65 6 6 65 75 85 8. 11. 12. 11. 1 7.3 1. 1.9 1. 11.4 7.5 7.5 1. 4. 4. 4..3.3.3.4.4 122

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal f8 H9 Js 11 +.1. Ød 1 ØG Ø 1 L 1 PG Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Nominal L 2 Imperial Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PG 1125 PG 12515 PG 1251625/1 PG 1251625 PG 1375175 1. 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.375 1.25 1.5 1.625 1.625 1.75.27.275.27.3.28.341.93.93.93.93.93.1.1.16.16.16 PG 15175 PG 151875 PG 152/1 PG 152 PG 175225/1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.75 1.75 1.875 2. 2. 2.25.275.275.275.413.275.93.93.1.16.2.2.2 PG 175225 PG 225 PG 2252625 PG 253 PG 253125 1.75 2. 2.25 2.25 2.625 3. 3.125.413.413.27.275.55.93.216.2.2.16.2.46 PG 3375 3. 3.75.688.625.46 123

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PS The laron style PS is a symmetrical profiled semisolid seal designed for narrow section rod sealing and manufactured in a high performance grade of polyurethane. The sealing lips are machine trimmed to ensure dimensional consistency and good low pressure sealing whilst polyurethane exhibits outstanding abrasion and extrusion resistance providing a rod seal with a consistent operating performance. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 4 to 8 4 to 11.5 28 Bar 25 Bar.15 4 Bar 35 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F Pressure Bar 5 4 ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 3 2 1 Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 8 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal..3.4.5.6.7.8 F mm For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 131

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal f8 H9 H1 +.25 Ød 1 ØG Ø 1. L 1 PS Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Nominal L 2 Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PS 2228 PS 3845 PS 5345 PS 666 22 38 45 6 28 45 53 66 5.5 7. 9. 6. 4.5 6. 8. 3. 3.5 4. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3..2.2.2.2 132

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PU.../OR Imperial The laron style PU../OR is a symmetrical profiled lip seal designed for rod sealing, manufactured in a high performance grade of Polyurethane and fitted with an NBR ORing. This special feature guarantees the preloading of the sealing lips at no load and low pressures whilst polyurethane provides outstanding abrasion and extrusion resistance. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 4 to 8 4 to 11.5 28 Bar 25 Bar.15 4 Bar 35 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F Pressure Bar 5 4 3 2 1.3.4.5.6.7.8 F mm ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 8 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 141

laron f8 Ød 1 H9 ØG laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PU.../OR H1 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.25. L 1 Nominal L 2 Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PU 157118/FOR PU 157118/OR PU 196157/1OR PU 255196/OR PU 295236/OR 3 3 4 5 6 4 4 5 65 75 6.3 7.7 7.7 1 1 5.7 7. 7. 11.4 11.4 7.5 7.5 3.5 3.5 3.5.3.3.3.4.4 PU 314255/OR PU 314275/OR PU 433354/OR 65 7 9 8 8 11 1 1 1 11.4 11.4 11.4 7.5 1. 3.5 6.5.4.3.6 142

laron f8 Ød 1 H9 ØG laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PU.../OR Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H1 Ø 1 +.1. L 1 Nominal L 2 Imperial Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PU 25187/OR PU 2622/OR PU 2752/OR PU 3753/OR PU 3753/1OR 1.875 2. 2. 3. 3. 2.625 2.75 3.75 3.75.452.475.52.52.582.437.437.562.2.2.2.2 PU 4624/OR PU 6525/OR 5.25 4.625 6..413.413.2 143

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PUI.../OR laron style PUI.../OR is a Polyurethane Useal incorporating an ORing energiser. This guarantees the preloading of the seal lips for low pressure sealing, thus optimising seal performance. Polyurethane provides outstanding abrasion and wear resistance ensuring that the seal operates in the most arduous conditions. The antiextrusion ring which is energised at high pressures, increases the maximum working pressure as well as protecting the seal against pressure spikes. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 4 to 8 4 to 11.5 35 Bar 3 Bar.15 5 Bar 45 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 8 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 151

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PUI.../OR f8 H9 H1 +.25. Ød 1 ØG Ø 1 L 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Nominal L 2 Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PUI 216157/OR PUI 255196/OR PUI 295236/OR PUI 314255/OR 4 5 6 65 55 65 75 8 1 1 1 1 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5.4.4.4.4 152

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PGI.../OR The seal is an asymmetric Polyurethane Useal incorporating an NBR energiser preloading the seal lips thus improving sealing at low pressures. The secondary sealing lip assists sealing, reduces friction and helps to protect the main lip from damage caused by dirt ingression. The ntiextrusion ring which is energised at high pressures increases the maximum working pressure as well as protecting the seal against pressure spikes caused by shock loads. Polyurethane exhibits outstanding abrasion and wear resistance ensuring that the seal operates in the most arduous conditions. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 4 to 8 4 to 11.5 35 Bar 3 Bar.15 5 Bar 45 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids Polyure thane / Nitrile om pos ite IN Hydra ulic Fluid escription H Mine ral oil with out additiv es 1 HL Mine ral Fluid with anti c orrosion an d anti ag eing additives 1 HL P Mine ral oil as HL p lus additives re ducin g wea r, r aising load 1 HL P Miner al o il as HLP b ut with de tergents and dispe rsants 1 HV Min era l oil as HL P plus impr oved viscosity tem p. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthe tic oil i n water. Water conte nt 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of wate r in mineral oil. Wate r conte nt 4 % 4 HF queous polyme r solu tions. Wate r con tent 35 % NS HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HE TG Vegetable Oil ba se d 6 HEES Fully synthetic e ster ba se d NS Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 8 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 161

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal PGI.../OR laron f8 Ød 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H1 H9 +.25. Ø 1 ØG L 1 Nominal L 2 Nominal S Min Max. R 1 PGI 658/OR PGI 785/OR PGI 759/OR PGI 895/OR PGI 851/OR 65 7 75 8 85 8 85 9 95 1 1 1 1 1 1 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5.4.4.4.4.4 PGI 915/OR PGI 9511/OR PGI 1115/OR 9 95 1 15 11 115 1 1 1 11.4 11.4 11.4 7.5 7.5 7.5.4.4.4 162

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal HBI laron style HBI is a single acting seal for gland applications using the same housing designs as Style S6. The sealing element is manufactured in Polyurethane, with an cetal antiextrusion ring. esigned as a high pressure, low friction seal for use in second generation tandem sealing arrangements. The HBI seal is used on the pressure side, and a 'low leak' but higher friction seal on the nonpressure side to collect the oil film during the positive stroke. This type of arrangement is used where both low friction and low leakage are required. The seals high pressure resistance makes it suitable for use in heavy duty applications where shock loads and pressure spikes occur, as found in mobile plant equipment. Maximum Pressure Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range m/s 4 to 8 4 to 11.5 35 Bar 3 Bar.15 5 Bar 45 Bar These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 1 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 171

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal HBI laron f8 Ød 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 Ø 1 +.2. L 1 Nominal HBI 65 HBI 7 HBI 75 HBI 8 HBI 85 65 7 75 8 85 8.5 85.5 9.5 95.5 1.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 4 4 4 4 4 HBI 9 HBI 95 HBI 1 9 95 1 15.5 11.5 115.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 4 4 4 Items in BOL are to suit ISO74252 housings. 172

741 751 S6 laronpolyseal Single & ouble cting Rod Seals 741 751 S6 laron omposite Seals Style S6 are designed as high pressure, low friction Singleacting Rod seals for use in heavy duty hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders. laron omposite Seals Style 741 and Style 751 are designed as high pressure, low friction oubleacting Rod seals using the same housing designs as Style S6. (These styles must be used in conjunction with single acting wiper seals, as Style 931). The inclusion of radial grooves on the P.T.F.E. element, from 2mm diameter onwards allows rapid response to bidirectional pressure changes. laron omposite Seals Style 741 is specifically designed for minimum leakage and slow rotary applications Housing sizes and tolerances are identical to Style S6 Standard materials are Bronze filled P.T.F.E with a Nitrile ORing Energiser but both the outer sealing element and the energiser are available in a wide range of high performance materials to suit a variety of applications.the application parameters should be carefully considered prior to selecting suitable materials from the tables shown in ppendix 2. onsult laron for further advice. Temp. 54 to 2 (ependent upon ORing Material used see ppendix) Pressure upto 8 bar Velocity upto 15m/s These range parameters are maximum conditional values. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum Working Pressure for Standard seal applications using specified tolerances. Temp. range Temp. range 3 to 8 8 to 12 4bar 35 bar iametrical learance F Shown in the graph to the right is calculated as the maximum permissible extrusion gap, allowing for movement due to side load, for various pressures and temperatures upto 8. The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the Radial clearance to a value nearer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. The maximum seal extrusion gap should be calculated allowing for all tolerances and movement due to side load. For pressures > 4 bar, the seal extrusion gap should be reduced by utilising smaller tolerances. e.g H8 for Housing bore and f8 for Rod diameter. 181

741 751 S6 laronpolyseal Single & ouble cting Rod Seals 741 751 S6 The full range of diameters applicable to the Standard, Light and Heavy uty Sections are shown in the table below Housing Rod dia. Section Width Standard Light (/1) Heavy (/2) 2.2 3 to 7.9 8 to 18.9 3.75 3.2 8 to 18.9 19 to 37.9 5.5 4.2 19 to 37.9 38 to 199.9 8 to 18.9 7.75 6.3 38 to 199.9 2 to 255.9 19 to 37.9 1.5 8.1 2 to 255.9 256 to 55 38 to 199.9 12.25 8.1 256 to 55 2 to 255.9 Split grooves should be utilised for Rod iameters < 19mm For closed grooves 19 to 38mm use Light uty Section only When ordering, prefix the size reference with the style required and use the suffix shown in the material application tables. e.g. S6 Standard section in Bronze filled material for 7mm Rod S67/B S6 Light duty section in Glass filled material for 7 mm Rod S67/1G 741 Heavy duty section in arbon filled material for 7 mm Rod 7417/2 For ORing energiser materials other than Nitrile, use suffix shown in material table. e.g Flourocarbon material (FKM), S67/B/FKM For surface finish and lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For Housing dimensions and tolerances refer to the table of recommended sizes. For F/2 values see note and tables For E/2 values refer to P.T.F.E. Guide Tape For the seal to function correctly it is important that care is taken during fitting. For details refer to ppendix 3. 182

laronpolyseal Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances laron S63/B S64/B S65/B S66/B S663/B S68/1B S68/B S61/1B S61/B S612/1B S612/B S614/1B S614/B S615/B S616/B S618/B S62/1B S62/B S622/1B S622/B S625/1B S625/B S628/B S63/B S632/B S635/B S636/B S64/1B S64/B S642/1B S642/B S645/1B S645/B S648/1B S648/B S65/1B S65/B S652/1B S652/B S655/1B S655/B S656/1B S656/B 3. 6. 6.3 8. 8. 1. 1. 12. 12. 1 1 1 16. 18. 2. 2. 22. 22. 2 2 28. 3. 32. 3 36. 4. 4. 42. 42. 4 4 48. 48. 5. 5. 52. 52. 5 5 56. 56. 8. 9. 1. 11. 11.3 13. 15.5 1 17.5 17. 19.5 19. 21.5 2 23.5 25.5 27.5 31. 29.5 33. 3 36. 39. 41. 43. 46. 47. 51. 55.5 53. 57.5 56. 6.5 59. 63.5 61. 65.5 63. 67.5 66. 7.5 67. 71.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.2 2.2 3.2 2.2 3.2 2.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.2 3.2 4.2 3.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 6.3 4.2 6.3 4.2 6.3 4.2 6.3 4.2 6.3 4.2 6.3 4.2 6.3 4.2 6.3 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 5.5 3.75 5.5 3.75 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.75 5.5 7.75 5.5 7.75 5.5 7.75 5.5 7.75 5.5 7.75 5.5 7.75 5.5 7.75.3.3.3.3.3.3.5.3.5.3.5.3.5.5.5.5.5.8.5.8.5.8.8.8.8.8.8.8 1.2.8 1.2.8 1.2.8 1.2.8 1.2.8 1.2.8 1.2.8 1.2.2.2.2.2.2.2.3.2.3.2.3.2.3.3.3.3.3.35.3.35.3.35.35.35.35.35.35.35.35.35.35.35.35.35.35 d 1 f8 1 H9 L 1 +.2. S SET R 1 MX F/2 MX Single & ouble cting Rod Seals 741 751 S6 741 751 S6 183 Items in BOL are to suit ISO74252 Housings

laronpolyseal Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances laron 6. 6. 63. 63. 6 7. 7 76.2 8. 8 9. 9 1. f8 1 11. 11 12. 12 13. 13 14. 15. 16. 16. 17. 18. 18. 19. 2. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 28. 3. 32. 35. 36. 4. 42. 45. 48. 5. S66/1B S66/B S663/1B S663/B S665/B S67/B S675/B S6762/B S68/B S685/B S69/B S695/B S61/B S615/B S611/B S6115/B S612/B S6125/B S613/B S6135/B S614/B S615/B S616/B S616/2B S617/B S618/B S618/2B S619/B S62/B S621/B S622/B S623/B S624/B S625/B S628/B S63/B S632/B S635/B S636/B S64/B S642/B S645/B S648/B S65/B 71. 75.5 7 78.5 8.5 85.5 9.5 91.7 95.5 1.5 15.5 11.5 115.5 H8 1 125.5 13.5 135.5 14.5 145.5 15.5 155.5 165.5 17 181.5 185.5 195.5 21. 25.5 221. 231. 241. 251. 261. 271. 34.5 324.5 344.5 374.5 384.5 424.5 444.5 474.5 54.5 524.5 4.2 6.3 4.2 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 +.2 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 8.1 6.3 6.3 8.1 6.3 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 5.5 7.75 5.5 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75 SET 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75 7.75 1.5 7.75 7.75 1.5 7.75 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25 12.25.8 1.2.8 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 MX 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5.35.35 MX.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5.6.6.6.6.6.6.6.6.6.6 d 1 f8 1 H9 L 1 +.2. S SET R 1 MX F/2 MX Single & ouble cting Rod Seals 741 751 S6 741 751 S6 184 Items in BOL are to suit ISO74252 Housings

S 1 S 3 Imperial laronpolyseal ouble cting Rod Seals S1 S3 laron composite seals styles S1 and S 3 are designed for use in light duty hydraulic or pneumatic rod applications. Style S1 covers the range of imperial sizes, and the S3 metric sizes. For advice on installation, refer to ppendix. laron composite seals style S1 and S3 as standard comprise of a Virgin PTFE inner sleeve and are energised by a 75 shore hardness Nitrile rubber ORing. full range of materials are available to suit a variety of applications. See tables in ppendix. Maximum Working Pressure for Standard seal applications using specified tolerances. Temp Range: 4 to +12 (ependent upon energiser material. See ppendix) Max. Pressure: 35 Bar Max. Linear Speed: 15m/s These range parameters are maximum conditional values Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. iametral learance 'F' 'F' shown in the size tables is based upon Virgin P.T.F.E., temperatures up to 8 o and 35 Bar pressure in designs where PTFE guide tape is utilised. For other pressures, refer to the graph shown below. 'F' MX. (MM).8.7.6.5.4.3.2.1 5 1 15 2 25 3 35 PRESSURE (BR) ' F '.8" /.2M M ' F '.12" /.3M M ' F '.16" /.4M M To use this graph, refer to the tables on page for the max. value of 'F' at 35 Bar then apply the relevant curve for the various pressures. The maximum extrusion gap 'F/2' should be calculated allowing for all movements due to tolerances, sideloads and cylinder expansion. When ordering, quote the size reference shown on the dimensions table. If an energiser material other than the standard nitrile type is required, consult laron for the part number to be used. For the seal to function correctly it is important that care is taken during fitting. For details refer to ppendix. For F/2 values see note & tables For E/2 refer to Guide Tape 191

S 1 Imperial S 3 laronpolyseal ouble cting Rod Seals S 1 Imperial Sizes S 3 Sizes Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances laron h9 ±.75 Ød 1 L 1 S Tol. On S Max R 1 Max 35 Bar F laron h9 ±.75 Tol. Max Max On 35 Bar S R 1 F Ød 1 L 1 S S 125 S 131 S 137 S 143 S 15 S 156 S 162 S 168 S 175 S 181 S 187 S 193 S 11 S 116 S 1112 S 1118 S 1125 S 1131 S 1137 S 1143 S 115/1 S 1156 S 1168 S 115 S 1162 S 1175 S 1187 S 12 S 1212 S 1225 S 1237 S 125 S 1262 S 1275 S 1287 S 13 S 1312 S 1325 S 1337 S 135 S 1362 S 1375 S 1387 S 14 S 1412 S 1425 S 1437 S 145 S 1462 S 1475 S 1487 S 15 S 1512 S 1525 S 1537 S 155 S 1562 S 1575 S 1587 S 16 S 18.437.562.625.687.812.875.937 1. 1.62 1.125 1.187 1.25 1.312 1.375 1.437 1.5 1.562 1.687 1.5 1.625 1.75 1.875 2. 2.125 2.25 2.375 2.625 2.75 2.875 3. 3.125 3.25 3.375 3.5 3.625 3.75 3.875 4.125 4.25 4.375 4.5 4.625 4.75 4.875 5.125 5.25 5.375 5.5 5.625 5.75 5.875 6. 8..94.141.188.281.8.111.152.244.328 +.2 +.3 +.4 +.4 +.5.1.2.3.4.4.8.8.8.12.16 S 37 S 38 S 39 S 31 S 311 S 312 S 313 S 314 S 315 S 316 S 317 S 318 S 32 S 322 S 323 S 324 S 325 S 326 S 327 S 328 S 329 S 33 S 331 S 332 S 333 S 334 S 335 S 336 S 337 S 338 S 339 S 34 S 341 S 342 S 343 S 344 S 345 S 35 S 353 S 355 S 356 S 36 S 363 S 365 S 37 S 375 S 38 S 385 S 39 S 395 S 31 S 315 S 311 S 312 S 3125 S 313 S 3135 S 314 S 3145 S 315 S 3155 S 316 7 8 9 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 2 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 4 41 42 43 44 45 5 53 55 56 6 63 65 7 75 8 85 9 95 1 15 11 12 125 13 135 14 145 15 155 16 3.6 4.8 7.15 9.5 3. 6.2 8.4 +.75 +.1 +.1 +.1.5.75 1. 1..2.2.3 192

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal HBT laron style HBT is a single acting seal for gland applications. esigned as a high pressure, low friction seal for use in second generation tandem sealing arrangements where the lower friction seal is used on the pressure side, and a 'low leak' but higher friction seal on the non pressure side to collect the oil film during the positive stroke. This type of arrangement is used where both low friction and low leakage are required. The seals high pressure resistance makes it suitable for use in heavy duty applications where shock loads and pressure spikes occur, as found in mobile plant equipment. Both the inner sealing element and the energiser are available in a wide range of materials to suit a variety of applications. The inner sealing element is manufactured from high performance Bronze filled PTFE, energised by an NBR ORing as standard. Maximum Working Pressure Bar (For Standard Materials) Temp. Range Temp. Range 3 to 8 8 to 12 4 Bar 35 Bar Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Maximum iametral learance F Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 8 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. F/2 should be calculated allowing for all movements due to sideload and cylinder expansion. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. For value of E/2, refer to the bearing ring requirements. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style HBT may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. L 1 21

laron f8 Ød 1 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal HBT Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 Ø 1 +.2. L 1 Nominal HBT 15 HBT 2 HBT 25 HBT 3 HBT 35 15 2 25 3 35 3.5 35.5 4.5 45.5 5.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 4 4 4 4 4 HBT 4 HBT 45 HBT 5 HBT 55 HBT 6 4 45 5 55 6 55.5 6.5 65.5 7.5 75.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 4 4 4 4 4 HBT 63 HBT 65 HBT 7 HBT 75 HBT 8 63 65 7 75 8 78.5 8.5 85.5 9.5 95.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 4 4 4 4 4 HBT 85 HBT 9 HBT 95 HBT 1 HBT 15 85 9 95 1 15 1.5 15.5 11.5 115.5 1 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 4 4 4 4 4 HBT 11 HBT 115 HBT 12 HBT 125 HBT 13 11 115 12 125 13 125.5 13.5 135.5 14.5 145.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 4 4 4 4 4 HBT 135 HBT 14 HBT 145 HBT 15 HBT 155 135 14 145 15 155 15.5 155.5 16.5 165.5 17.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 4 4 4 4 4 HBT 16 HBT 165 HBT 17 HBT 175 HBT 18 16 165 17 175 18 175.5 18.5 185.5 19.5 195.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 4 4 4 4 4 HBT 185 HBT 19 HBT 195 HBT 2 HBT 25 185 19 195 2 25 25.5 21.5 215.5 2 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 4 4 4 4 4 HBT 21 HBT 215 HBT 22 HBT 225 HBT 23 21 215 22 225 23 225.5 23.5 235.5 24.5 245.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 4 4 4 4 4 Items in BOL are to suit ISO74252 housings. 22

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal HBTY laron style HBTY is a single acting seal for gland applications useing the same housing designs as Style HBI and Style HBT. esigned as a high pressure, low friction seal for use in second generation tandem sealing arrangements where the lower friction seal is used on the pressure side, and a 'low leak' but higher friction seal on the non pressure side to collect the oil film during the positive stroke. This type of arrangement is used where both low friction and low leakage are required. The seals high pressure resistance makes it suitable for use in heavy duty applications where shock loads and pressure spikes occur, as found in mobile plant equipment. Both the inner sealing element and the energiser are available in a wide range of materials to suit a variety of applications. The inner sealing element is manufactured from high performance Bronze filled PTFE, energised by an NBR Sqaure section Ring as standard. Maximum Working Pressure Bar (For Standard Materials) Temp. Range Temp. Range 3 to 8 8 to 12 4 Bar 35 Bar Maximum iametral learance F Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. Note: learance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperature range of 3 to 8 The use of a suitably selected laron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal. F/2 should be calculated allowing for all movements due to sideload and cylinder expansion. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. For value of E/2, refer to the bearing ring requirements. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style HBT may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. L 1 211

laron f8 Ød 1 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Seal HBTY Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 Ø 1 +.2. L 1 Nominal HBTY 55 HBTY 65 HBTY 7 HBTY 75 HBTY 8 55 65 7 75 8 7.5 8.5 85.5 9.5 95.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 4 4 4 4 4 HBTY 85 HBTY 9 HBTY 95 HBTY 1 HBTY 15 85 9 95 1 15 1.5 15.5 11.5 115.5 1 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 4 4 4 4 4 HBTY 115 HBTY 12 HBTY 13 115 12 13 13.5 135.5 145.5 6.3 6.3 6.3 4 4 4 Items in BOL are to suit ISO74252 housings. 212

laronpolyseal Section Wiper Seals

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal PWB Imperial laron Style PWB rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminants from a reciprocating rod during the negative stroke. It is classified as a light duty wiper and is precision moulded in Nitrile 9 o rubber. The wiper is machine trimmed to provide a precise wiping lip. The wiper is compact in design making it ideal for use where space is an important factor. Temp. Range 3 to 1 Max.Linear Speed m/sec 3. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PWB may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 11

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal PWB Imperial Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Refer Seal +. +.5 Nominal Selection.5. ±.1 Ød 1 Ø 1 Ø 2 L 1 PWB PWB 1 PWB 1 PWB 2 PWB 3.437.562.625.54.61.68.74.82.43.495.56.63.7.12.12.13.13.14 PWB 4 PWB 5 PWB 6 PWB 7 PWB 8.687.812.937.937.88.95 1.2 1.8 1.15.76.82.88.95 1.1.14.14.14.15.15 PWB 9 PWB 11 PWB 12 PWB 13 PWB 15 1. 1.125 1.187 1.25 1.375 1.24 1.375 1.42 1.49 1.625 1.8 1.21 1.27 1.33 1.46.16.16.16.17.17 PWB 17 PWB 19 PWB 2 PWB 21 PWB 23 1.5 1.625 1.687 1.75 1.875 1.77 1.88 1.96 2.3 2.16 1.59 1.72 1.78 1.85 1.97.18.18.19.19.19 PWB 25 PWB 26 PWB 27 PWB 28 PWB 29 2. 2.125 2.25 2.375 2.3 2.43 7 2.7 2.84 2.1 2.23 2.36 2.49 2.61.2.21.21.22.22 PWB 3 PWB 31 PWB 32 PWB 33 PWB 34 2.625 2.75 2.875 3. 3.125 2.97 3.11 3.24 3.38 3.5 2.74 2.87 3. 3.13 3.26.23.23.24.24 PWB 35 PWB 36 PWB 37 PWB 38 PWB 39 3.25 3.375 3.5 3.625 3.75 3.65 3.78 3.92 4.5 4.19 3.39 3.51 3.64 3.77 3.9.26.27.27.28 PWB 4 PWB 41 PWB 44 PWB 45 PWB 46 3.875 4.25 4.375 4.5 4.32 4.46 4.73 4.86 4.3 4.16 4.41 4.54 4.67.28.29.3.3.31 PWB 48 PWB 5 PWB 51 PWB 52 PWB 53 5.25 5.375 5.5 5.625 5.54 5.81 5.945 6.8 6.126 5.18 5.44 5.57 5.7 5.185.33.34.345.35.355 PWB 56 PWB 6 PWB 61 6. 6.5 6.625 6.62 7.16 7.295 6.21 6.72 6.85.38 5 12

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal PWO Imperial laron Style PWO Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminents from a reciprocating rod during the negative stroke. It is classified as a light to medium duty wiper and is precision moulded in Nitrile 9 o rubber. The wiper is machine trimmed to provide a precise wiping lip. Temp. Range 3 to 1 Max.Linear Speed m/sec 3. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PWO may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 21

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal Imperial PWO Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Refer Seal +.2 ±.5 Selection +.1 Ød 1 Ø 1 Ø 2 +.2 +.1 L 1 Nominal L 2 PWO 59 PWO 6212 PWO 75115 PWO 81121 PWO 87127.625.812.875.9 1.25 1.15 1.213 1.275.7.825.95 1.13 1.75 PWO 114 PWO 112162 PWO 125175 PWO 131187 PWO 137187 1. 1.125 1.25 1.312 1.375 1.4 1.625 1.75 1.875 1.875 1.2 1.425 1.55 1.675 1.675 PWO 152 PWO 162212 PWO 175225 PWO 187237 PWO 225 1.5 1.625 1.75 1.875 2. 2. 2.125 2.25 2.375 1.8 1.925 2.175 2.3 PWO 212262 PWO 225275 PWO 237287 PWO 253 PWO 275325 2.125 2.25 2.375 2.75 2.625 2.75 2.875 3. 3.25 2.425 5 2.675 2.8 3.5 PWO 335 PWO 3254 PWO 35425 PWO 37545 PWO 4475 3. 3.25 3.5 3.75 3.5 4.25 4.5 4.75 3.3 3.65 3.9 4.15 4.4 PWO 4255 PWO 45525 PWO 5575 PWO 6675 4.25 4.5 6. 5.25 5.75 6.75 4.65 4.9 5.4 6.4 22

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal PWS Imperial laron Style PWS Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminants from a reciprocating rod during the negative stroke. It is classified as a medium to heavy duty wiper and is precision moulded in Nitrile 9 o rubber. The wiper is machine trimmed to provide a precise wiping lip. The addition of sealing beads on this wiper provide positive sealing in the housing preventing moisture/contaminants from passing the outside of the wiper. Temp. Range 3 to 1 Max.Linear Speed m/sec 3. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PWS may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 31

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal PWS Refer Seal +.2 Selection. Ød 1 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.2. Ø 2 +.2. L 1 Nominal L 2 PWS 7416 PWS 98148 PWS 118168 PWS 125157 PWS 137187 19. 2 3. 32. 3 27. 37.7 42.7 4. 47.7 23. 31.4 36.4 36. 41.4 3.4 5.3 5.3 3.4 5.3 7. 8.9 8.9 7. 8.9 PWS 15727 PWS 196228 PWS 2227 PWS 236286 PWS 248298 4. 5. 56. 6. 63. 52.7 58. 68.7 72.7 75.7 46.4 5 62.4 66.4 69.4 5.3 3.4 5.3 5.3 5.3 8.9 7. 8.9 8.9 8.9 PWS 25535 PWS 295345 PWS 315365 PWS 334384 PWS 393443 6 7 8. 8 1. 77.7 87.7 92.7 97.7 112.7 71.4 81.4 86.4 91.4 16.4 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 8.9 32

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal PWS Refer Seal +.8 Selection. Ød 1 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.8. Ø 2 Imperial +.8. L 1 Nominal L 2 PWS 115 PWS 112162 PWS 125175 PWS 137187 PWS 152 1. 1.125 1.25 1.375 1.5 1.5 1.625 1.75 1.875 2. 1.25 1.375 1.5 1.625 1.75.28.28.28.28.28.35.35.35.35.35 PWS 162212 PWS 175225 PWS 187237 PWS 225 PWS 212262 1.625 1.75 1.875 2. 2.125 2.125 2.25 2.375 2.625 1.875 2. 2.125 2.25 2.375.28.28.28.28.28.35.35.35.35.35 PWS 225275 PWS 253 PWS 275325 PWS 335 PWS 325375 2.25 2.75 3. 3.25 2.75 3. 3.25 3.5 3.75 2.75 3. 3.25 3.5.28.28.28.28.28.35.35.35.35.35 PWS 337387 PWS 354 PWS 362412 PWS 445 PWS 437487 3.375 3.5 3.625 4.375 3.875 4.125 4.5 4.875 3.625 3.75 3.875 4.25 4.625.28.28.28.28.28.35.35.35.35.35 PWS 455 PWS 462512 PWS 475525 PWS 512562 PWS 537587 4.5 4.625 4.75 5.125 5.375 5.125 5.25 5.625 5.875 4.75 4.875 5.375 5.625.28.28.28.28.28.35.35.35.35.35 PWS 562612 5.625 6.125 5.875.28.35 33

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal PWM Imperial laron Style PWM Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminates from a reciprocating rod during the negative stroke. It is classified as a medium duty wiper and is precision moulded in Nitrile 9 o rubber. The wiper is machine trimmed to provide a precise wiping lip. Temp. Range 3 to 1 Max.Linear Speed m/sec 3. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1section for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PWM may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 41

laron Refer Seal Selection Ød 1 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal PWM Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.2 +.2.. Ø 1 Ø 2 +.2. L 1 Nominal L 2 PWM 794 PWM 712 PWM 7811 PWM 86118 PWM 98129 18 18 2 22 25 24.6 26.6 28.6 3.6 33.6 21 21 23 25 28 3.8 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 7. 7. 7. 7. PWM 11141 PWM 118149 PWM 125157 PWM 137169 PWM 141173 28 3 32 35 36 36.6 38.6 4.6 43.6 44.6 31 33 35 38 39 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. PWM 157188 PWM 17728 PWM 196228 PWM 216248 PWM 22251 4 45 5 55 56 48.6 53.6 58.6 63.6 64.6 43 48 53 58 59 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. PWM 236267 PWM 248279 PWM 27537 PWM 295326 PWM 314346 6 63 7 75 8 68.6 71.6 78.6 83.6 88.6 63 66 73 78 83 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. PWM 35441 PWM 36249 PWM 39344 PWM 464511 PWM 963143 9 92 1 118 245 12.6 14.6 112.2 13.2 266. 96 98 16 124 259 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 11. 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 14.5 42

laron Refer Seal Selection Ød 1 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal Imperial PWM Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.8 +.8.. Ø 1 Ø 2 +.8. L 1 Nominal L 2 PWM 751 PWM 1137 PWM 137175 PWM 15187 PWM 17526 1. 1.375 1.5 1.75 1.26 1.398 1.773 1.898 2.85.875 1.187 1.562 1.678 1.875.23.23.23.218.21.3.3.3.28 PWM 2237 PWM 225262 PWM 25287 PWM 3337 PWM 354 2. 2.25 3. 3.5 2.398 2.648 2.898 3.398 8 2.187 2.437 2.687 3.187 3.75.23.23.23.23.295.3.3.3.3.45 PWM 445 PWM 437487 PWM 555.4.375 4.58 4.883 5.58 4.25 4.625 5.25.295.295.295.45.45.45 43

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal WM laron Style WM Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminents from a reciprocating rod during the negative stroke. It is classified as a medium duty wiper and is precision moulded in Nitrile 9 o rubber. The wiper is machine trimmed to provide a precise wiping lip. Temp.Range 3 to 1 Max Linear Speed m/sec 3. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style WM may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 51

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal WM Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Refer Seal +.2 +.2 +.2 Selection... Ød 1 Ø 1 Ø 2 L 1 Nominal L 2 WM 7811 WM 98129 WM 11141 WM 118165 WM 125173 2 25 28 3 32 28. 33. 36. 42. 44. 24 29 32 36 38 4. 4. 4. 6. 6. 6 6 6 9 9 WM 141188 WM 15724 WM 177224 WM 196244 WM 216255 36 4 45 5 55 48. 52. 57. 62. 65.6 42 46 51 55 58 6. 6. 6. 6. 5.3 9 9 9 9 7 WM 248295 WM 314362 63 8 7 92.2 69 86 6. 7.1 9 12 52

laronpolyseal ouble cting Rod Wiper Seal PWE Imperial laron Style PWE double acting Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminants from a reciprocating rod during the negative stroke and to assist sealing by collecting the fluid film on the positive stroke. It is classified as a medium to heavy duty wiper and is precision moulded in Nitrile 9 o rubber. The wiper is machine trimmed to provide a precise wiping lip. The wipers ability to assist sealing make it ideal for use where zero leakage is required. laron Wiper Seals Style PWE should not be utilised in combination with doubleacting Rod seals unless the housing design allows for pressure relief between the wiper and the seal. Temp. range 3 to 1 Max Linear Speed m/sec 3. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PWE may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 61

laronpolyseal laron ouble cting rod Wiper Seal Imperial PWE Refer Seal +.5 Selection. Ød 1 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.5. Ø 2 +.5. L 1 Nominal L 2 PWE 1137 PWE 125162 PWE 137175 PWE 15187 PWE 1622 1. 1.25 1.375 1.5 1.625 1.385 1.635 1.76 1.885 2.1 1.82 1.332 1.457 1.582 1.77.195.195.195.195.195.343.343.343.343.343 PWE 175212 PWE 2237 PWE 25287 PWE 335 PWE 362412 1.75 2. 3. 3.625 2.135 2.385 2.885 3.51 4.135 1.832 2.82 82 3.157 3.782.195.195.195.255.255.343.343.343.468.468 PWE 445 PWE 475525 4.75 4.51 5.26 4.157 4.97.255.255.468.468 62

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal Imperial SW SWM laron Style SW Rod wiper is designed to remove more tenacious mud and ice from a reciprocating rod during the negative stroke. It is classified as a heavy duty scraper. The scraper is precision moulded in Nylon (P) with a filter of MOS 2 to improve the friction and wear characteristics of the material. The materials high modulus (stiffness) allow it to aggressively scrape larger debris from the rod. the wiper is designed with an outside sealing lip providing positive sealing on the housing thus preventing dirt and moisture from entering the system around the outside of the wiper. Temp. range 4 to 1 Max Linear Speed m/sec 5 Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temp. in various fluids P Nylon IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 12 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 12 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 12 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 12 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 12 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based 8 HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based 8 HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S 8 HEPG Polyglycol based 1 HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 1 For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Styles SW & SWM are designed to snap fit into its housing. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 71

laron SWM 16 SWM 18 SWM 2 SWM 22 SWM 25 laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Refer Seal +.2 +.2 +.2 Nominal Selection... Ød 1 Ø 1 Ø 2 L 1 16 18 2 22 25 SWM 26 28 33 35 38 24.5 26.5 31.5 33.5 36.5 4.5 4.5 6. 6. 6. L 2 6.5 6.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 SWM 28 SWM 3 SWM 32 SWM 36 SWM 4 28 3 32 36 4 41 43 45 49 53 39.5 41.5 43.5 47.5 51.5 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 SWM 45 SWM 5 SWM 55 SWM 56 SWM 6 45 5 55 56 6 58 63 68 69 73 56.5 61.5 66.5 67.5 71.5 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 SWM 63 WSM 65 SWM 7 SWM 8 SWM 9 63 65 7 8 9 76 78 83 93 13 74.5 76.5 81.5 91.5 11.5 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 SWM 1 1 113 111.5 6. 8.5 72

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal SW Imperial Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Refer Seal +.8 +.8 +.8 Selection... Ød 1 Ø 1 Ø 2 L 1 Nominal L 2 SW 5 SW 62 SW 75 SW 87 SW 1.625.875 1..875 1. 1.25 1.375 1.5.812.938 1.187 1.312 1.437.172.172.234.234.234.345.345.345 SW 112 SW 125 SW 137 SW 15 SW 162 1.125 1.25 1.375 1.5 1.625 1.625 1.75 1.875 2. 2.125 1.562 1.687 1.812 1.937 2.62.234.234.234.234.234.345.345.345.345.345 SW 175 SW 2 SW 212 SW 225 SW 25 1.75 2. 2.125 2.25 2.25 2.625 2.75 3. 2.187 2.437 62 2.687 2.937.234.234.234.234.234.345.345.345.345.345 SW 275 SW 3 SW 325 SW 35 SW 4 2.75 3. 3.25 3.5 3.25 3.5 3.75 4.5 3.187 3.437 3.687 3.937 4.375.234.234.234.234.234.345.345.345.345.345 73

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal PMW Imperial laron Style PMW metal cased Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminents from a reciprocating rod during the negative stroke. It is classified as a medium to heavy duty rod wiper/scraper. The wiper is precision moulded in 98 o Shore Polyurethane with an accurately machined lip. The high modulus (stiffness) of this material allows the wiper to scrape tenatious mud and dirt from the rod. The wiper has a metal case designed to press fit in the housing thus retaining the wiper. The metal case is coated with a corrosion resistant yellow Zinc plating. The press fit design of this wiper allows it to be used in simple 'open ended' housing. Temp. range 4 to 11 Max Linear Speed m/sec 3. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuos operating temperature for various fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PMW is designed to press fit into an open ended housing. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 81

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal Refer Seal Selection Ød 1 PMW Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H8 Ø 1 Imperial +.2 Nominal. L 1 L 2 PMW 1 PMW 125 PMW 15 1. 1.25 1.5 1.375 1.625 1.875.218.218.218.281.281.281 82

laronpolyseal ouble cting Rod Wiper Seal PFB laron Style PFB double acting Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminents from a reciprocating rod during the negative stroke and to assist sealing by collecting the fluid film on the positive stroke. It is classified as a medium to heavy duty rod wiper. The wiper is precision moulded in 8 Shore Nitrile Rubber with an accurately machined lip. The wiper has a metal case designed to press fit in the housing thus retaining the wiper. The press fit design of this wiper allows it to be used in a simple open ended housing. The sizes are to common Japanese housing standards. laron Wiper Seals Style PFB should not be utilised in combination with doubleacting Rod seals unless the housing design allows for pressure relief between the wiper and the seal. Temp. range 3 to 1 Max. Linear Speed m/sec 3. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids NBR Rubber IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based NS HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based NS HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S NS HEPG Polyglycol based NS HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PFB is designed to press fit into the open ended housings. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 91

laron laronpolyseal ouble cting Rod Wiper Seal PFB Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Refer Seal H8 +.3 +.6 Nominal Selection. + Ød 1 Ø 1 Ø 2 L 1 L 2 PFB 2233 PFB 2537 PFB 342 PFB 3547 PFB 452 22 25 3 35 4 33 37 42 47 52 28 31 36 41 46 6 6 6 6 8 9 9 9 9 9 PFB 4557 PFB 562 PFB 5569 PFB 674 PFB 6579 45 5 55 6 65 57 62 69 74 79 51 56 62 67 72 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 PFB 784 PFB 7589 PFB 894 PFB 8599 PFB 914 7 75 8 85 9 84 89 94 99 14 77 82 87 92 97 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 PFB 9519 PFB 1114 PFB 12136 PFB 1416 95 1 12 14 19 114 136 16 12 17 128 15 8 8 9 1 9 9 12 14 92

laronpolyseal ouble cting Rod Wiper Seal PFP laron Style PFP double acting Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminents from a reciprocating rod during the negative stroke and to assist sealing by collecting the fluid film on the positive stroke. It is classified as a heavy duty rod wiper. The wiper is precision moulded in 92 o Shore Polyurethane with an accurately machined lip. The wiper has a metal case designed to press fit in the housing thus retaining the wiper. The press fit design of this wiper allows it to be used in a simple open ended housing. The sizes are to common Japanese housing standards. laron Wiper Seals Style PFP should not be utilised in combination with doubleacting Rod seals unless the housing design allows for pressure relief between the wiper and the seal. Temp. range 4 to 11 Max Linear Speed m/sec 3. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PFP is designed to press fit into the open ended housings. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 11

laron laronpolyseal ouble cting Rod Wiper Seal PFP Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Refer Seal H8 +.3 +.3 Nominal Selection.. Ød 1 Ø 1 Ø 2 L 1 L 2 PFP 2233 PFP 2537 PFP 342 PFP 3547 PFP 452 22 25 3 35 4 33 37 42 47 52 28 31 36 41 46 6 6 6 6 8 9 9 9 9 9 PFP 4557 PFP 562 PFP 5569 PFP 674 PFP 6579 45 5 55 6 65 57 62 69 74 79 51 56 62 67 72 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 PFP 784 PFP 7589 PFP 894 PFP 8599 PFP 914 7 75 8 85 9 84 89 94 99 14 77 82 87 92 97 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 PFP 9519 PFP 1114 PFP 12136 PFP 1416 95 1 12 14 19 114 136 16 12 17 128 15 8 8 9 1 9 9 12 14 12

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal UPWM laron Style UPWM Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminents from a reciprocating rod during the negative stroke. It is classified as a medium to heavy duty wiper and is precision moulded in 92 Shore Polyurethane. The wiper is machine trimmed to provide a precise wiping lip. Temp. range 4 to 11 Max Linear Speed m/sec 3. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style UPWM may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 111

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal UPWM Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Refer Seal H11 H11 +.2 Selection. Ød 1 Ø 1 Ø 2 L 1 Nominal L 2 UPWM 3 UPWM 4 UPWM 5 UPWM 6 UPWM 65 3. 4. 5. 6. 6 4. 5. 6. 7. 7 43. 53. 63. 73. 78. 5.3 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7. 12. 12. 12. 12. 112

laronpolyseal ouble cting Rod Wiper Seal PW esigned to preclude the ingress of contaminents into the system as well as assist in sealing the Rod. Produced in Polyurethane, the wiper is designed to fit into closed housings with preloading of the static face providing stability and sealing. The wiper is profiled such that the lip facing the media collects fluid passing the rod seal. The use of Polyurethane with it's excellent properties combined with the proportioned design of the wiper will extend the service life of the rod seal.laron Wiper Seals Style PW should not be utilised in combination with doubleacting Rod seals unless the housing design allows for pressure relief between the wiper and the seal. Temp. Range 4 to 11 Linear Speed m/sec 3. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PW may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove. For the wiper to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the wiper within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 121

laron laronpolyseal ouble cting Rod Wiper Seal PW Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Refer Seal H11 H11 +.1 Selection. Ød 1 Ø 1 Ø 2 L 1 Min. L 2 PW 25/1 PW 3 PW 3/2 PW 35/1 PW 4 25 3 3 35 4 33.6 38. 4. 43.6 48. 28 33 35 38 43 5.3 5.2 7. 5.3 5.2 7 6 1 7 6 PW 42/1 PW 45/2 PW 48/1 PW 5 PW 55/2 42 45 48 5 55 5.6 55.6 56.6 58. 65.6 45 48 51 53 58 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.3 7 7 7 6 7 PW 6 PW 65 PW 7 PW 75 PW 8 6 65 7 75 8 7. 7 8. 8 9. 63 68 73 78 83 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 7 7 7 7 7 PW 85 PW 9 PW 95 PW 1 85 9 95 1 9 1. 1 11. 88 93 98 13 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 7 7 7 7 122

laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal EW Imperial laron Style EW Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminants from a reciprocating rod during the negative stroke. It is classified as a medium to heavy duty wiper and is precision moulded in 98 Shore Polyurethane. The wiper is machine trimmed to provide a precise wiping lip. Temp. range 4 to 11 Max Linear Speed m/sec 3. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style EW may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 131

laron laronpolyseal Single cting Rod Wiper Seal EW Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Imperial Refer Seal +.8 +.8 +.4 Nominal Selection... Ød 1 Ø 1 Ø 2 L 1 L 2 EW 275 EW 3 EW 35 EW 362 EW 437 2.75 3. 3.5 3.625 4.375 3.187 3.5 4.62 4.187 4.98 2.98 3.278 3.85 3.95 4.697.437.582.562.533 EW 525 EW 631 EW 731 EW 837 5.25 6.312 7.312 8.375 5.844 6.96 7.96 8.969 5.62 6.665 7.665 8.665.594.594.594.594 132

931 941 laronpolyseal Single & ouble cting Rod Wiper Seals 941 931 laron Wiper Seals Style 941 are designed as low friction oubleacting seals to assist the sealing capability of singleacting Rod seal arrangements in arduous conditions. laron Wiper Seals Style 941 should not be utilised in combination with doubleacting Rod seals unless the housing design allows for pressure relief between the wiper and the seal. laron Wiper Seals Style 931 are designed as low friction Singleacting Rod wiper seals for use with single or doubleacting Rod seals in hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders. This style does not offer any assistance to the sealing capability of the Rod seal and therefore would not be recommended for use where Style 941 could be utilised. Housing sizes and tolerances are identical to Style 941 Standard materials are Virgin Modified P.T.F.E with a Nitrile ORing Energiser but both the inner wiper element and the energiser are available in a wide range of high performance materials to suit a variety of applications. The application parameters should be carefully considered prior to selecting suitable materials from the tables shown in ppendix. onsult laron for further advise. Temp. 5 to 2, (ependent upon ORing Material used see ppendix 2.) Velocity upto 15m/s linear, 5m/s Rotary or Oscillating These range parameters are maximum conditional values. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1 section for further information. The full range of diameters applicable to the Standard, Light and Heavy uty Sections are shown in the table below. Housing Rod ia. Section Width Standard uty Light uty Heavy uty 2.4 3.7 6. to 11.9 12. to 64.9 3.4 12. to 64.9 6 to 25.9 6. to 11.9 4.4 6. 6 to 25.9 251. to 42.9 12. to 64.9 6.1 8.4 251. to 42.9 421. to 55. 6 to 25.9 8. 11. 421. to 55. 251. to 42. For Standard and Light uty Sections split grooves should be utilised for Rod iameters < 3mm For Heavy uty Sections use split grooves for Rod iameters <4mm 141

931 941 laronpolyseal Single & ouble cting Rod Wiper Seals 941 931 When ordering, prefix the size reference with the style required and use the suffix shown in the material application tables. e.g. 931 Standard section in Virgin Modified material for 7mm Rod 9317/VM 941 Light duty section in Bronze filled material for 7 mm Rod 9417/1B 941 Heavy duty section in arbon filled material for 7 mm Rod 9417/2 For ORing energiser materials other than Nitrile, use suffix shown in material table e.g Flourocarbon material (FKM), 9417/VM/FKM For surface finish and lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For Housing dimensions and tolerances refer to the table of recommended sizes. For F/2 values see note and tables For E/2 values refer to P.T.F.E. Guide Tape For the seal to function correctly it is important that care is taken during fitting. For details refer to ppendix 3. 142

Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances laron laronpolyseal 9416/VM 94163/VM 9418/VM 9411/VM 94112/VM 94114/VM 94115/VM 94116/VM 94118/VM 9412/VM 94122/VM 94125/VM 94128/VM 9413/VM 94132/VM 94135/VM 94136/VM 9414/VM 94142/VM 94145/VM 94148/VM 9415/VM 94152/VM 94155/VM 94156/VM 9416/VM 94163/VM 94165/VM 9417/VM 94175/VM 941762/VM 9418/VM 94185/VM 9419/VM 94195/VM 6. 6.35 8. 1. 12. 1 1 16. 18. 2. 22. 2 28. 3. 32. 3 36. 4. 42. 4 48. 5. 52. 5 56. 6. 63. 6 7. 7 76.2 8. 8 9. 9 1.8 11.15 12.8 14.8 18.8 2.8 21.8 22.8 24.8 26.8 28.8 31.8 34.8 36.8 38.8 41.8 42.8 46.8 48.8 51.8 54.8 56.8 58.8 61.8 62.8 66.8 69.8 73.8 78.8 83.8 8 88.8 93.8 98.8 13.8 7.5 7.85 9.5 11.5 13.5 15.5 16.5 17.5 19.5 21.5 23.5 26.5 29.5 31.5 33.5 36.5 37.5 41.5 43.5 46.5 49.5 51.5 53.5 56.5 57.5 61.5 64.5 66.5 71.5 76.5 77.7 81.5 86.5 91.5 96.5 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9..7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7.7 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. f8 d 1 H9 1 +.2. 2 +.2. L 1 Min L 2 SET S MX R 1 941 931 Single & ouble cting Rod Wiper Seals 931 941 143 imensions in bold type conform to ISO 332 :1987

931 laronpolyseal Single & ouble cting Rod Wiper Seals 941 941 931 laron f8 d 1 H9 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.2. 2 +.2. L 1 Min L 2 SET S MX R 1 9411/VM 94115/VM 94111/VM 941115/VM 94112/VM 1. 1 11. 11 12. 18.8 113.8 118.8 123.8 128.8 11.5 16.5 111.5 116.5 121.5 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 941125/VM 94113/VM 941135/VM 94114/VM 94115/VM 12 13. 13 14. 15. 133.8 138.8 143.8 148.8 158.8 126.5 131.5 136.5 141.5 151.5 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 94116/VM 94117/VM 94118/VM 94119/VM 9412/VM 16. 17. 18. 19. 2. 168.8 178.8 188.8 198.8 28.8 161.5 171.5 181.5 191.5 21.5 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 94121/VM 94122/VM 94123/VM 94124/VM 94125/VM 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 218.8 228.8 238.8 248.8 258.8 211.5 221.5 231.5 241.5 251.5 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 94128/VM 9413/VM 94132/VM 94135/VM 94136/VM 28. 3. 32. 35. 36. 292.2 312.2 332.2 362.2 372.2 282. 32. 322. 352. 362. 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 9414/VM 94142/VM 94145/VM 94148/VM 9415/VM 4. 42. 45. 48. 5. 412.2 432.2 466. 496. 516. 42. 422. 452. 482. 52. 8.4 8.4 11. 11. 11. 11.4 11.4 1 1 1 6.1 6.1 8. 8. 8. 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 imensions in bold type conform to ISO 332 :1987 ll intermediate sizes upto 58mm are available, incl. Imperial 144

laronpolyseal Rod Wiper Seal PW esigned to prevent the ingress of contaminents into the system thus extending the service life of the cylinder in applications where there is a risk of large accumulations of dirt on the Rod such as earth moving equipment. The Wiper is designed with positive seating of the outside face and beads on the inside diameter. These features provide sealing on the static face as well as stability in the housing. The Wiper is produced in 98 Shore Polyurethane which offers a high level of stiffness providing the Wiper with the ability to remove dried on mud from the Rod. The material also has excellent wear properties for a long service life even under arduous conditions. The Wiper is designed to fit into closed housings. Temp. Range 4 to 11 Max Linear Speed m/sec 3. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed and surface finish. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuos operating temperature for various fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. Style PW Wiper maybe deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing. For the wiper to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the wiper within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. 171

laron laronpolyseal Rod Wiper Seal PW Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Refer Seal H11 H11 +.2 Selection. Ød 1 Ø 1 Ø 2 L 1 Min. L 2 Nominal. Nominal. R 1 R 2 PW 45 PW 5 45 5 53 58 5.5 55.5 5 5 8 8.4.4.2.2 172

laronpolyseal Section E Polymeric Plain Bearings E

laronpolyseal laron produce four main types of polymer bearings for use in hydraulic cylinder applications. Each has a varying set of properties to cover a wide range of applications. The following tables are designed to help select the correct type for a given application. Table 1 shows the properties for each type of bearing. Values shown as low/high should be interpreted as relative to each other. BGF BT EBR PBR Material Modified & Filled P Bronze Filled PTFE POM Reinforced Phenolic Max Operating Temp 11 2 11 12 Max Linear Velocity m/s 1.5 15 1 3 oefficient of friction.15.6.14.12 Load apacity High Low Normal High Sevice Life High High Normal Normal Relative ost factor 1.5 3 1 3.5 Production of contamination Normal V.Low Normal High Modification of metal finish High V.Low Normal High hemical resistance Normal V.High Normal Normal Table 2 shows a summary of recommended uses. Type Recomm ended Uses BGF pplications requiring high bearing capacity and long service life. BT/T ll applications utilising PTFE based seals. pplications requiring smooth low friction operation. pplications with poor lubrication, or high speeds. Type T should be used for pneumatic applications or for nonferrous metals. EBR Standard applications requiring a low cost but efficient bearing. PBR pplications requiring high bearing capacity at high temperatures, or where the 'dieseling effect' (ignition of vapour) may take place. To calculate the maximum allowable bearing load in Newtons for a laron bearing ring used in standard hydraulic cylinder applications, multiply the projected area by the load capacity as follows: 1) To calculate the projected area multipy the I of the bearing by its width: Projected area= I(mm) x W(mm) 2) Multiply the projected area by the load capacity taken from figure 2 for the required maximum operating temperature. Bearing Load = Projected rea x Load capacity E1

laronpolyseal alculation of maximum allowable bearing Load Figure 1 Note: Figure 1 shows that the load distribution is not even along the projected area, this however has already been taken into account in the calculation of load capacity in figure 2. Lubricated applications. Load apacity as a function of Temperature BT PBR EBR BGF 1 5 Load apacity. N/mm² (log scale) 1 5 1 2 25 3 35 4 45 5 55 6 65 7 75 8 85 9 95 1 15 11 115 12 125 13 Figure 2 Temperature For unlubricated applications laron recommends the use of arbon bearing tape T. See section E2 E2

laronpolyseal Piston & Rod Bearing Rings EBR & IBR Imperial laron EBR & IBR bearing rings are designed for use on Pistons or Rods to align Rod and Piston and to prevent metal to metal contact. This bearing is precision moulded from a high performance grade of Polyacetal. These bearing rings are Butt split to facilitate assembly, and to allow the passage of fluid. See the 'selection of bearing rings' at the beginning of this section for further application details. Max. Operating Temp 11 Max. Linear Velocity 1 m/sec See graph at the beginning of this section for load capacity values ontinuos operating temperature for various fluids POM Polyacetal IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based 8 HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based 8 HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S 8 HEPG Polyglycol based 1 HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 1 For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. R 1 =.2mm MX For the bearing to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the bearing within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. E11

laron EBR 25 EBR 32 EBR 4 EBR 46 EBR 5 25 32 4 46 5 laronpolyseal Piston Bearing Rings EBR Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances 1mm +..5 >1mm +..8 Ø 1 Ød 1 19 26 34 4 44 L 1 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. H9 ±.2 ± ØG 22 29 37 43 47 EBR 5/1 EBR 55 EBR 6 EBR 63 EBR 65 5 55 6 63 65 44 49 54 57 59 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 47 52 57 6 62 EBR 7 EBR 75 EBR 8 EBR 9 EBR 1 7 75 8 9 1 64 69 74 84 94 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 67 72 77 87 97 EBR 11 EBR 115 EBR 12 EBR 12/1 EBR 125 11 115 12 12 125 14 19 114 114 119 13. 13. 13. 19.5 13. 17 112 117 117 122 EBR 125/1 EBR 127 EBR 13 EBR 14 EBR 15 125 127 13 14 15 119 121 124 134 144 19.5 13. 13. 13. 13. 122 124 127 137 147 EBR 15/1 EBR 16 EBR 17 EBR 18 EBR 2 15 16 17 18 2 144 154 164 174 194 19.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 147 157 167 177 197 EBR 22 EBR 25 22 25 214 244 19.5 19.5 217 247 E12

laron laronpolyseal Piston Bearing Rings EBR Imperial Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances H9 ±.4 ±.1 " +.".2" >" +.".3" Ød 1 Ø 1 L 1 ØG EBR 1 EBR 125 EBR 15 EBR 175 EBR 2 1. 1.25 1.5 1.75 2..764 1.14 1.264 1.514 1.764.393.393.393.393.393.882 1.132 1.382 1.632 1.882 EBR 21/1 EBR 225 EBR 25 EBR 2625 EBR 275 2. 2.25 2.625 2.75 1.764 2.14 2.264 2.389 14.512.512.512.512.512 1.882 2.132 2.382 7 2.632 EBR 3 EBR 325 EBR 35 EBR 375 EBR 4 3. 3.25 3.5 3.75 2.764 3.14 3.264 3.514 3.764.512.512.512.512.512 2.882 3.132 3.382 3.632 3.882 EBR 45 EBR 45/1 EBR 5 EBR 55 EBR 6 4.5 4.5 5.5 6. 4.264 4.264 4.764 5.264 5.764.512.768.512.512.512 4.382 4.382 4.882 5.382 5.882 EBR 65 EBR 7 EBR 725 EBR 75 EBR 8 6.5 7. 7.25 7.5 8. 6.264 6.764 7.14 7.264 7.764.768.768.768.768.768 6.382 6.882 7.132 7.382 7.882 EBR 825/1 EBR 85 EBR 9 EBR 95 8.25 8.5 9. 9.5 8.14 8.264 8.764 9.264.512.768.768.768 8.132 8.382 8.882 9.382 E13

laron laronpolyseal Rod Bearing Rings IBR Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances f8 ±.2 ± 115mm +.5. >115mm +.8. Ød 2 Ø 2 L 1 ØG IBR 2 IBR 22 IBR 25 IBR 28 IBR 32 2 22 25 28 32 26 28 31 34 38 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 23 25 28 31 35 IBR 36 IBR 4 IBR 45 IBR 45 IBR 5 36 4 45 45 5 42 46 51 51 56 1. 1. 13. 1. 13. 39 43 48 48 53 IBR 56 IBR 6 IBR 63 IBR 7 IBR 75 56 6 63 7 75 62 66 69 76 81 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. 59 63 66 73 78 IBR 8 IBR 9 IBR 95 IBR 1 IBR 1/1 8 9 95 1 1 86 96 11 16 16 13. 13. 13. 13. 83 93 98 13 13 IBR 11 IBR 12 IBR 125 IBR 125/1 IBR 13 11 12 125 125 13 116 126 131 131 136 13. 13. 13. 25.5 13. 113 123 128 128 133 IBR 14 IBR 145 14 145 146 151 13. 13. 143 148 E14

laron laronpolyseal Rod Bearing Rings IBR Imperial Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances f8 4.5" +.2"." >4.5" +.2"." ±.4 ±.1 Ød 2 Ø 2 L 1 ØG IBR 1 IBR 1125 IBR 125 IBR 1375 IBR 15 1. 1.125 1.25 1.375 1.5 1.236 1.361 1.486 1.611 1.736.393.393.393.393.393 1.118 1.243 1.368 1.493 1.618 IBR 175 IBR 175/1 IBR 2 IBR 225 IBR 2375 1.75 1.75 2. 2.25 2.375 1.986 1.986 2.236 2.486 2.611.393.512.512.512.512 1.868 1.868 2.118 2.368 2.493 IBR 25 IBR 2625 IBR 275 IBR 3 IBR 325 2.625 2.75 3. 3.25 2.736 2.861 2.986 3.236 3.486.512.512.512.512.512 2.618 2.743 2.868 3.118 3.368 IBR 3375 IBR 35 IBR 3625 IBR 375 IBR 4 3.375 3.5 3.625 3.75 3.611 3.736 3.861 3.986 4.236.512.512.512..512.512 3.493 3.618 3.743 3.868 4.118 IBR 425 IBR 4375 IBR 45 IBR 475 IBR 5 4.25 4.375 4.5 4.75 4.486 4.611 4.736 4.986 5.236.512.512.512.512.512 4.368 4.493 4.618 4.868 5.118 IBR 55 5.5 5.736.512 5.618 E15

laronpolyseal Bearing Tape BT/T This range of products is designed for use in hydraulic and pneumatic piston and gland applications to minimise the problems of metal to metal contact by inexpensive means. Produced from wear resistant filled grades of PTFE with its known properties of low friction, these products eliminate 'stiction' between moving parts, reduce 'nibbling' of the seal at high pressures due to radial movement and are easily assembled. For hydraulic applications we recommend LRON P.T.F.E. bearing tape with a Bronze filling. Style BT... For pneumatic applications we recommend LRON P.T.F.E. bearing tape with a arbon filling. Style T... Other materials are available ant the table in ppendix 2 should be carefully considered. onsult LRON for further advice on alternative materials. Temp. 6 to 2 Velocity 15m/sec These range parameters are maximum conditional values. Refer to "Bearing Selection" page E1 and "Bearing Materials" in ppendix 1. Example: Hydraulic application, section 2mm, width 9.7mm, Bore 1mm, Reciprocating application.(r cut): BT 297/34/R Material BT or T Section & Width S & W Length L Type of cut R or O TYPE OF UT Reciprocating pplication Suffix R Rotary or Oscillating pplication Suffix O TPE LENGTH 'L' (For Temperatures upto 12 ) Piston pplication (mm) L=π(.99Ø 1 S)1 Rod pplication (mm) L=π(.99Ød 2 +S)1 For rolls of tape, quote length required and material / size code. e.g. 15m BT 2597 TPE WITH 'W' In new designs, the choice of tape width 'W' is determined by formula based upon load, diameter and material capability under the given operating conditions. Note: Refer also to "Bearing Selection" page E1. For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. R 1 =.2mm MX For F/2 values refer to seal selection. E/2=.3mm to.5mm E21

laronpolyseal laron P.T.F.E. Bearing Tape is specifically designed for use with P.T.F.E. omposite Seals. The nature of P.T.F.E. allows for a manufactured size giving a tighter fit than harder materials such as PhosphorBronze, Meehanite or Polyester Fabric. This reduction in radial clearance gives a marginal improvement to the pressure capability of the seal but, more importantly, protects the seal from contaminant particles within the system. combination of the design of the bearing and the characteristics of P.T.F.E. allow the particles to become embedded in the P.T.F.E. on the nonworking face, thus also protecting the steel counterface from scoring. uring use, bearing materials wear, causing debris and contamination of the fluid.extensive tests have shown that particulate contamination >15µm within the fluid, increases with the use of PhosphorBronze or Meehanite, and tends to Figure 1 decrease with the use of P.T.F.E. The harder debris created by these bearings also has a greater effect upon seal performance.particulate contamination in the fluid surrounding the seal can be over 1 times that in the main system due to the bearing preventing flushing of the seal space. Increased contamination in this area will increase the probability of a large enough particle gaining access to the seal interface, causing damage and leakage.laron P.T.F.E. Bearing Tape is designed to allow pressure relief to the seal by use of the expansion gap (k). This avoids the possibility of a pressure lock between the seal and the bearing, as well as eliminating the possibility of Hydrodynamic pressure buildup (shown in Figure 1) causing premature destruction of the seal. This relief also avoids the presence of excess pressure during the return stroke which can prevent the transfer of the fluid film back to the pressure side of the seal, so creating the effect of a leaking seal. Pressure relief should be incorporated within the design of continuous bearings, particularly for fast cycling applications.the advantages of laron P.T.F.E. Bearing Tape are not restricted to omposite Seals but apply to Nitrile and Polyurethane Seals. onsideration of Radial Load The maximum radial load applied to the bearings will determine both the width W of the tape and number of bearings to be used. This can be calculated based on the radial force and the maximum permissible load capacity of the material at a given temperature. In the case of either lubricated dynamic, or unlubricated static applications BRONZE filled P.T.F.E. tape should be used and the value of 'P' should be taken from graph 1 shown below. In the case of unlubricated ynamic applications, friction has a much greater effect on the material which reduces the permissible load capacity of the material as the velocity increases. Therefore to allow for the effect of velocity, the load capacity P taken from graph 1 for RBON filled P.T.F.E. should be reduced by multiplying it by a factor f taken from graph 2. Where: Lubricated ynamic Unlubricated ynamic W=Minimum Tape Width (mm) onditions n=number of Bearings onditions F=Maximum Radial Force (Kp) d=inside diameter of tape(mm) F max F max W= P=Permissible load capacity N/mm 2 ) Pxnxd W= f=reduction Factor Pxfxnxd 6 Graph 1. Graph 2. 1 Permissible Load 'P' (N/mm 2 ) 5 4 3 2 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 11 12 Temp Factor f.1.1 2 4 6 8 1 12 14 16 Velocity M/min. E22

laronpolyseal laron Prefix BT T S Bearing Tape BT/T Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances W Min Ø Ød1 Min Ø Ø2 1mm +..5 >1mm +..8 Ød 1 115mm +.5. >115mm +.8. Ø 2 +.2. L 1 1532 1563 1597 1515 152 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3. 6.1 9.5 14.8 19.8 1 15 3 45 5 1 1 25 35 4 1 3. 1 3. 1 3. 1 3. 1 3. d 2 +3. d 2 +3. d 2 +3. d 2 +3. d 2 +3. 3.2 6.3 9.7 1 2. 1525 153 154 263 281 1.5 1.5 1.5 2. 2. 24.8 29.8 39.8 6.1 7.9 1 11 11 2 3 8 11 11 15 25 1 3. 1 3. 1 3. 1 4. 1 4. d 2 +3. d 2 +3. d 2 +3. d 2 +4. d 2 +4. 2 3. 4. 6.3 8.1 297 21 215 22 225 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 9.5 9.8 14.8 19.8 24.8 35 35 5 75 12 3 3 4 6 1 1 4. 1 4. 1 4. 1 4. 1 4. d 2 +4. d 2 +4. d 2 +4. d 2 +4. d 2 +4. 9.7 1. 1 2. 2 23 235 2556 2563 2581 2. 2. 29.8 34.8 5.4 6.1 7.9 13 15 25 25 35 13 15 2 2 3 1 4. 1 4. 1 1 1 d 2 +4. d 2 +4. d 2 + d 2 + d 2 + 3. 3 5.6 6.3 8.1 2597 251 2515 252 2525 9.5 9.8 14.8 19.8 24.8 4 4 6 9 14 35 35 5 75 12 1 1 1 1 1 d 2 + d 2 + d 2 + d 2 + d 2 + 9.7 1. 1 2. 2 253 363 381 397 31 3. 3. 3. 3. 29.8 6.1 7.9 9.5 9.8 15 3 45 45 45 15 25 4 4 4 1 1 6. 1 6. 1 6. 1 6. d 2 + d 2 +6. d 2 +6. d 2 +6. d 2 +6. 3. 6.3 8.1 9.7 1. 3127 315 32 325 33 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 1 14.8 19.8 24.8 29.8 7 7 12 16 17 6 6 1 14 17 1 6. 1 6. 1 6. 1 6. 1 6. d 2 +6. d 2 +6. d 2 +6. d 2 +6. d 2 +6. 12.7 1 2. 2 3. 3256 32127 3219 32254 463 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4. 5.4 1 18.8 25.2 6.1 35 7 12 16 45 3 6 1 14 35 1 6.4 1 6.4 1 6.4 1 6.4 1 8. d 2 +6.4 d 2 +6.4 d 2 +6.4 d 2 +6.4 d 2 +8. 5.6 12.7 19. 25.4 6.3 486 497 415 42 425 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 7.9 9.5 14.8 19.8 24.8 5 6 8 13 18 4 5 7 11 16 1 8. 1 8. 1 8. 1 8. 1 8. d 2 +8. d 2 +8. d 2 +8. d 2 +8. d 2 +8. 8.1 9.7 1 2. 2 E23

laronpolyseal Piston & Rod Bearing Rings BGF laron BGF bearing rings are designed for use on pistons or rods to align rod and piston and to prevent metal to metal contact. This bearing is precision moulded from a reinforced and heat stabilised grade of Nylon. The reinforcing fibres allows a higher than normal load capability and life span for this type of material. ll laron bearing rings are split to facilitate assembly, and to allow the passing of fluid. See the 'selection of bearing rings' at the beginning of this section for further application details. Max. Operating Temp 11 Max. Linear Velocity 1.5 m/sec See graph at the beginning of this section for load capacity values Order using the part number shown followed by a suffix denoting the type of cut required: Type Suffix Straight cut /O ngle cut /R6 (where the number represents the angle required) ontinuos operating temperature for various fluids P Nylon IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 12 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 12 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 12 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 12 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 12 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 55 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 6 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 6 HF R Phosphoric acid ester based 8 HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based 8 HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S 8 HEPG Polyglycol based 1 HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 1 For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the bearing to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the bearing within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. E/2 =.5 to 1.mm R 1 =.2mm MX E31

laron H9 laronpolyseal Piston & Rod Bearing Rings Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances 1mm +..5 1mm +..5 >1mm +..8 >1mm +..8 Ø 1 Ø 2 BGF f8 Ød 1 Ød 2 +.2. L 1 E BGF 322896/ BGF 5449/ BGF 65618/ BGF 65611/ BGF 68641/ 32 5 65 65 68 28 44 61 61 64 9.6 9. 8. 1. 1. BGF 76525/ BGF 75711/ BGF 8761/ BGF 85811/ BGF 19515/ 7 75 8 85 1 65 71 76 81 95 1. 1. 1. 1 1. to 2. BGF 151115/ BGF 11511115/ BGF 1211615/ 15 115 12 11 111 116 1 1 1 E32

laronpolyseal Piston & Rod Bearing Rings PBR laron PBR bearing rings are designed for use on pistons or rods to align rod and piston and to prevent metal to metal contact. This bearing is precision machined from a reinforced grade of Phenolic resin. The thermoset properties of this material allows a high load capability even at higher temperatures. ll laron bearing rings are split to facilitate assembly, and to allow the passage of fluid. See the 'selection of bearing rings' at the beginning of this section for further application details. Max. Operating Temp. (Intermittent) 15 Max. Operating Temp. (ontinuous) 12 Max. Linear Velocity 3m/sec See graph at the beginning of this section for load capacity values Order using the part number shown followed by a suffix denoting the type of cut required: Type Suffix Straight cut /O ngle cut /R6 (where the number represents the angle required) For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to ppendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For the bearing to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the bearing within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. R 1 =.2mm MX E/2 =.5 to 1.mm For F/2 values refer to seal selection. E41

laronpolyseal Piston & Rod Bearing Rings PBR laron H9 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances 1mm +..5 +.2 >1mm +..8 f8 Nom. Sec.. Ø 2 Ød 1 Ød 2 L 1 S 1mm +..5 >1mm +..8 E PBR 161156 PBR 2174 PBR 2168 PBR 21556 PBR 25224 16 2 2 2 25 11. 16.9 16. 1 21.9 5.6 4. 8. 5.6 4. 1.55 2. 1.55 PBR 25218 PBR 25256 PBR 25297 PBR 3274 PBR 3268 25 25 25 3 3 21. 2. 2. 26.9 26. 8. 5.6 9.7 4. 8. 2. 1.55 2. PBR 32556 PBR 32597 PBR 32294 PBR 322756 PBR 322797 3 3 32 32 32 2 2 28.9 27. 27. 5.6 9.7 4. 5.6 9.7 1.55 PBR 35324 PBR 35311 PBR 35356 PBR 35397 PBR 4374 35 35 35 35 4 31.9 31. 3. 3. 36.9 4. 1. 5.6 9.7 4. 1.55 2. 1.55 1. to 2. PBR 4361 PBR 43556 PBR 43597 PBR 45424 PBR 4548 4 4 4 45 45 36. 3 3 41.9 4. 1. 5.6 9.7 4. 8. 2. 1.55 PBR 45456 PBR 45497 PBR 45415 PBR 5474 PBR 54556 45 45 45 5 5 4. 4. 4. 46.9 4 9.7 9.7 1 4. 5.6 1.55 PBR 54563 PBR 5458 PBR 54597 PBR 54515 PBR 544125 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 44. 6.3 8. 9.7 1 1 3. PBR 55556 PBR 5558 PBR 55597 PBR 55515 PBR 65556 55 55 55 55 6 5. 5. 5. 5. 5 5.6 8. 9.7 1 5.6 PBR 6558 PBR 65597 PBR 65515 PBR 654125 PBR 635856 6 6 6 6 63 5 5 5 54. 58. 8. 9.7 1 1 5.6 3. Other sizes available on request E42 ISO 1766:1966 sizes are shown in bold

laron H9 Ø 1 laronpolyseal Piston & Rod Bearing Rings 1mm +..5 1mm +..5 >1mm +..8 >1mm +..8 PBR Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances f8 Ø 2 Ød 1 Ød 2 +.2. L 1 Nom. Sec. S E PBR 635863 PBR 635897 PBR 65656 PBR 65697 PBR 6561 63 63 65 65 65 58. 58. 6. 6. 6. 6.3 9.7 5.6 9.7 1. PBR 65615 PBR 6562 PBR 686363 PBR 76556 PBR 76597 65 65 68 7 7 6. 6. 63. 6 6 1 2. 6.3 5.6 9.7 PBR 7651 PBR 76515 PBR 7652 PBR 764125 PBR 75756 7 7 7 7 75 6 6 6 64. 7. 1. 1 2. 1 5.6 3. PBR 75763 PBR 75797 PBR 7571 PBR 75715 PBR 87556 75 75 75 75 8 7. 7. 7. 7. 7 6.3 9.7 1. 1 5.6 1. to 2. PBR 87597 PBR 8751 PBR 8751 PBR 87515 PBR 8752 8 8 8 8 8 7 7 7 7 7 9.7 1. 1. 1 2. PBR 874125 PBR 85856 PBR 85863 PBR 85897 PBR 85815 8 85 85 85 85 74. 8. 8. 8. 8. 1 5.6 6.3 9.7 1 3. PBR 857915 PBR 857925 PBR 98556 PBR 98597 PBR 98515 85 85 9 9 9 79. 79. 8 8 8 1 2 5.6 9.7 1 3. 3. PBR 984125 PBR 98415 PBR 98425 PBR 95956 PBR 95997 9 9 9 95 95 84. 84. 84. 9. 9. 1 1 2 5.6 9.7 3. 3. 3. PBR 95915 PBR 958915 PBR 958925 PBR 19556 PBR 19597 95 95 95 1 1 9. 89. 89. 9 9 1 1 2 5.6 9.7 3. 3. Other sizes available on request E43 ISO 1766:1966 sizes are shown in bold

laron H9 Ø 1 laronpolyseal Piston & Rod Bearing Rings PBR 1mm +..5 1mm +..5 >1mm +..8 >1mm +..8 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances f8 Ø 2 Ød 1 Ød 2 +.2. L 1 Nom. sec. S E PBR 19515 PBR 194125 PBR 19415 PBR 19425 PBR 15156 1 1 1 1 15 9 94. 94. 94. 1. 1 1 1 2 5.6 3. 3. 3. PBR 15197 PBR 15115 PBR 159925 PBR 111556 PBR 111597 15 15 15 11 11 1. 1. 99. 1 1 9.7 1 2 5.6 9.7 3. PBR 111515 PBR 1114125 PBR 111415 PBR 111425 PBR 1151156 11 11 11 11 115 1 14. 14. 14. 11. 1 1 1 2 5.6 3. 3. 3. PBR 1151197 PBR 1151115 PBR 115193 PBR 115193 PBR 121556 115 115 115 115 12 11. 11. 19. 19. 11 9.7 1 3. 3. 5.6 3. 3. 1. to 2. PBR 1211597 PBR 121515 PBR 12114125 PBR 1211415 PBR 121143 12 12 12 12 12 11 11 114. 114. 114. 9.7 1 1 1 3. 3. 3. 3. PBR 1251256 PBR 1251297 PBR 1251215 PBR 12511915 PBR 1251193 125 125 125 125 125 12. 12. 12. 119. 119. 5.6 9.7 1 1 3. 3. 3. PBR 1312597 PBR 1312515 PBR 13124125 PBR 1312315 PBR 131233 13 13 13 13 13 12 12 124. 123. 123. 9.7 1 1 1 3. 3. 3.5 3.5 PBR 1351397 PBR 1351315 PBR 1413597 PBR 1413515 PBR 141332 135 135 14 14 14 13. 13. 13 13 133. 9.7 1 9.7 1 2. 3.5 PBR 1413335 PBR 1514597 PBR 1514515 PBR 151432 PBR 1514335 14 15 15 15 15 133. 14 14 143. 143. 3 9.7 1 2. 3 3.5 3.5 3.5 Other sizes available on request E44 ISO 1766:1966 sizes are shown in bold

laronpolyseal Piston & Rod Bearing Rings PBR laron H9 Ø 1 1mm +..5 1mm +..5 >1mm +..8 >1mm +..8 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances f8 Ø 2 Ød 1 Ød 2 +.2. L 1 Nom. Sec. S E PBR 1615597 PBR 1615515 PBR 161532 PBR 161534 PBR 1716597 16 16 16 16 17 155 155 153 153 165 9.7 1 2. 4. 9.7 3.5 3.5 PBR 1716515 PBR 1716225 PBR 1716245 PBR 1817597 PBR 1817515 17 17 17 18 18 165 162 162 175 175 1 2 4 9.7 1 4. 4. PBR 1817225 PBR 1817245 PBR 1918597 PBR 1918515 PBR 1918225 18 18 19 19 19 172 172 185 185 182 2 4 9.7 1 2 4. 4. 4. PBR 1918245 PBR 219597 PBR 219515 PBR 219225 PBR 219245 19 2 2 2 2 182 195 195 192 192 4 9.7 1 2 4 4. 4. 4. PBR 212597 PBR 212515 PBR 212225 PBR 21225 PBR 2221597 21 21 21 21 22 25 25 22 22 215 9.7 1 2 5. 9.7 4. 4. 1. to 2. PBR 2221515 PBR 222125 PBR 22521725 PBR 2322597 PBR 2322515 22 22 225 23 23 215 212 217 225 225 1 5. 2 9.7 1 4. 4. PBR 2322597 PBR 2322255 PBR 2423597 PBR 2423515 PBR 242323 23 23 24 24 24 222 222 235 235 232 3. 5 9.7 1 3. 4. 4. 4. PBR 2423255 PBR 2524597 PBR 2524515 PBR 252423 PBR 2524255 24 25 25 25 25 232 245 245 242 242 5 9.7 1 3. 5 4. 4. 4. PBR 2625597 PBR 2625515 PBR 262526 PBR 2726597 PBR 2726515 26 26 26 27 27 255 255 252 265 265 9.7 1 6. 9.7 1 4. Other sizes available on request E45 ISO 1766:1966 sizes are shown in bold

laron PBR 272626 PBR 2827515 PBR 2827525 PBR 2827225 PBR 3231515 H9 Ø 1 27 28 28 28 32 laronpolyseal Piston & Rod Bearing Rings 1mm +..5 1mm +..5 >1mm +..8 >1mm +..8 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances 262 275 275 272 315 PBR f8 Ø 2 Ød 1 Ød 2 +.2. L 1 6. 1 2 2 1 Nom. Sec. S 4. 4. E PBR 3231525 PBR 3231225 PBR 3635515 PBR 3635225 PBR 439515 32 32 36 36 4 315 312 355 352 395 2 2 1 2 1 4. 4. 1. to 2. PBR 439525 PBR 439225 PBR 4544515 PBR 4544525 PBR 4544225 4 4 45 45 45 395 392 445 445 442 2 2 1 2 2 4. 4. PBR 549515 PBR 549525 PBR 549225 5 5 5 495 495 492 1 2 2 4. Other sizes available on request E46 ISO 1766:1966 sizes are shown in bold

laronpolyseal Section F BackUp Rings F

laronpolyseal PTFE BackUp Rings This range of products is designed to overcome the problems of 'O'Ring extrusion when the system pressures are greater than the sealing capabilities of an unsupported 'O'Ring. The use of P.T.F.E. for antiextrusion rings has many advantages over 'hard rubber' materials, particularly at high system pressures. The cold flow characteristics of PTFE are used to full advantage in reducing the extrusion gaps to a minimum and allowing automatic compensation for wear. The capability of specialist compounding to suit extremes of duty combined with a high resistance to virtually all chemicals, low friction and wear rates render PTFE as the ideal material for antiextrusion devices. Variations Spiral The spiral back up ring is the most common style in use being effectively self adjusting to diametral tolerances. Spiral back up rings are manufactured from virgin PTFE only. Order as part number shown on table.e.g. BS 21 Endless The endless back up ring is used where problems can occur with the rotation of a screwed endcaps which on assembly could cause a spiral type to unwind. Endless back up rings are normally manufactured from virgin PTFE. Order as part number shown on the table with suffix E, e.g. BS 21/E Endless Split The endless split back up ring is manufactured as the endless style but is split at 3 o to facilitate ease of assembly in certain applications. Endless split back up rings are normally manufactured from virgin PTFE. Order as part number shown on the table with the suffix ES, e.g. BS 21/ES Order using the part number shown followed by a suffix denoting the style required. See above examples. F41

laronpolyseal For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. HOUSING IMENSIONS (refer to following tables 1& 2) Gland housing arrangement Max groove dia.= Shaft dia.d 1 min.+2s max Min groove dia.= Shaft dia.d 1 min.+2s min. Piston housing arrangement Max. groove dia.= ylinder dia. 1 min.2s min. Min. groove dia.=ylinder dia. 1 max.2s max. POSITIONING OF BKUP RINGS Uniirectional Pressure Biirectional Pressure For the back up ring to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the backup within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. F42

laronpolyseal [LPXPÃ3UHVVXUHÃ9VÃ'LPHWUOÃ&OHUQFHÃ)ÃIRUÃ25LQJVÃÉÃ25LQJVÃZLWKÃYLUJLQÃ37)(Ã%FNÃXSÃULQJV If concentricity of mating diameters is assured, F may be doubled for any given pressure. ÅÃÃÃPPÃ7KNÃ%8S ÅÃÃÃPPÃ7KNÃ%8S ÅÃÃPPÃ7KNÃ%8S ƒã6kruhã1%5ã25lqj [LPXP3UHVVXUH%U ƒã6kruhã1%5ã25lqj ƒã6kruhã1%5ã25lqj ƒã6kruhã1%5ã25lqj 'LPHWUO&OHUQFH)PP Where ORings are used in dynamic applications, an antiextrusion ring is recommended for pressures >1bar and temperatures >1. F43

laronpolyseal Housing groove dimensions for 'O'Rings to BS186 and BS4518 fitted with backup rings in ynamic and Static diametral applications. Tables 1 & 2 refer to the housing drawings. IMPERIL Housing groove dimensions for ORings to BS186 fitted with backup rings in ynamic & Static diametrical applications. ORing Section Groove Width L 1 Radial Width 'S' One backup ring Two backup rings Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Radius 'R1' Max. ham. '' Min..7".62".6".152".147".21".25".3".85".13".94".91".199".194".257".252".3".97".139" ".122".247".241".35".299".3".13".21".188".184".355".348".427".42".3" ".275" ".245".48".473".582".576".3" " Table 1 METRI Housing groove dimensions for ORings to BS4518 fitted with backup rings in ynamic & Static diametrical applications. ORing Section Groove Width L 1 Radial Width 'S' One backup ring Two backup rings Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Radius 'R1' Max. hamf. '' Min. 1.6 mm 1.3 mm 1.25 mm 4. mm 3.8 mm 5.4 mm 5.2 mm.5 mm 2.2 mm 2.4 mm 2.9 mm 1.97 mm 4.8 mm 4.6 mm 6.2 mm 6. mm.5 mm 2.2 mm 3. mm 2.65 mm mm 5.6 mm 5.4 mm 7. mm 6.8 mm 1. mm 2.6 mm 5.7 mm 5.18 mm 4.95 mm 9.5 mm 9.3 mm 11.3 mm 11.1 mm 1. mm 3.7 mm Table 2 F44

Spiral Solid. E Solid Split. ES laronpolyseal PTFE BackUp Rings To Suit ORings to BS 186 Imperial laron Nominal imensions Ød 1 Ø 1 T Max. ORing Section laron Nominal imensions Ød 1 Ø 1 T Max. ORing Section BS 5 BS 6 BS 7 BS 8 BS 9.19.219.234.281.344 BS 113 BS 114 BS 115 BS 116 BS 117.562.625.687.812.812.875.937 1. BS 1 BS 11 BS 12 BS 13 BS 14.437.437.562.625 BS 118 BS 119 BS 12 BS 121 BS 122.875.937 1. 1.62 1.125 1.62 1.125 1.187 1.25 1.312 BS 15 BS 16 BS 17 BS 18 BS 19.562.625.687.812.687.812.875.937 BS 123 BS 124 BS 125 BS 126 BS 127 1.187 1.25 1.312 1.375 1.437 1.375 1.437 1.5 1.562 1.625 BS 2 BS 21 BS 22 BS 23 BS 24.875.937 1. 1.62 1.125 1. 1.62 1.125 1.187 1.25 BS 128 BS 129 BS 13 BS 131 BS 132 1.5 1.562 1.625 1.687 1.75 1.687 1.75 1.812 1.875 1.937 BS 25 BS 26 BS 27 BS 28 BS 29 1.187 1.25 1.312 1.375 1.5 1.312 1.375 1.437 1.5 1.625.58.7 BS 133 BS 134 BS 135 BS 136 BS 137 1.812 1.875 1.937 2. 2.62 2. 2.62 2.125 2.187 2.25.58.13 BS 3 BS 31 BS 32 BS 33 BS 34 1.625 1.75 1.875 2. 2.125 1.75 1.875 2. 2.125 2.25 BS 138 BS 139 BS 14 BS 141 BS 142 2.125 2.187 2.25 2.312 2.375 2.312 2.375 2.437 62 BS 35 BS 36 BS 37 BS 38 BS 39 2.25 2.375 2.625 2.75 2.375 2.625 2.75 2.875 BS 143 BS 144 BS 145 BS 146 BS 147 2.437 62 2.625 2.687 2.625 2.687 2.75 2.812 2.875 BS 4 BS 41 BS 42 BS 43 BS 44 2.875 3. 3.25 3.5 3.75 3. 3.125 3.375 3.625 3.875 BS 148 BS 149 BS 15 BS 151 BS 152 2.75 2.812 2.875 3. 3.25 2.937 3. 3.62 3.187 3.437 BS 45 BS 46 BS 47 BS 48 BS 49 4.25 4.5 4.75 4.125 4.375 4.625 4.875 5.125 BS 153 BS 154 BS 155 BS 156 BS 157 3.5 3.75 4.25 4.5 3.687 3.937 4.187 4.437 4.687 BS 5 BS 18 BS 19 BS 11 BS 111 BS 112 5.25.437 5.375.437.562.625.687.58.13 BS 158 BS 159 BS 16 BS 161 BS 162 4.75 5.25 5.5 5.75 4.937 5.187 5.437 5.687 5.937 F45

Spiral Solid. E Solid Split. ES laronpolyseal PTFE BackUp Rings To Suit ORings to BS 186 Imperial laron Nominal imensions Ød 1 Ø 1 T Max. ORing Section laron Nominal imensions Ød 1 Ø 1 T Max. ORing Section BS 26 BS 27 BS 28 BS 29 BS 21.562.625.687.812.875.937 1. BS 256 BS 257 BS 258 BS 259 BS 26 5.75 5.875 6. 6.25 6.5 6. 6.125 6.25 6.5 6.75 BS 211 BS 212 BS 213 BS 214 BS 215.812.875.937 1. 1.62 1.62 1.125 1.187 1.25 1.312 BS 261 BS 262 BS 263 BS 264 BS 265 6.75 7. 7.25 7.5 7.75 7. 7.25 7.5 7.75 8. BS 216 BS 217 BS 218 BS 219 BS 22 BS 221 BS 222 BS 223 BS 224 BS 225 1.125 1.187 1.25 1.312 1.375 1.437 1.5 1.625 1.75 1.875 1.375 1.437 1.5 1.562 1.625 1.687 1.75 1.875 2. 2.125 BS 266 BS 267 BS 268 BS 269 BS 27 BS 271 BS 272 BS 273 BS 274 BS 275 8. 8.25 8.5 8.75 9. 9.25 9.5 9.75 1. 1 8.25 8.5 8.75 9. 9.25 9.5 9.75 1. 1 1.58.139 BS 226 BS 227 BS 228 BS 229 BS 23 2. 2.125 2.25 2.375 2.25 2.375 2.625 2.75.58.139 BS 276 BS 277 BS 278 BS 279 BS 28 11. 11.5 12. 13. 1 11.25 11.75 12.25 13.25 14.25 BS 231 BS 232 BS 233 BS 234 BS 235 2.625 2.75 2.875 3. 3.125 2.875 3. 3.125 3.25 3.375 BS 281 BS 282 BS 283 BS 284 1 16. 17. 18. 15.25 16.25 17.25 18.25 BS 236 BS 237 BS 238 BS 239 BS 24 3.25 3.375 3.5 3.625 3.75 3.5 3.625 3.75 3.875 BS 314 BS 315 BS 316 BS 317 BS 318.812.875.937 1. 1.125 1.187 1.25 1.312 1.375 BS 241 BS 242 BS 243 BS 244 BS 245 3.875 4.125 4.25 4.375 4.125 4.25 4.375 4.5 4.625 BS 319 BS 32 BS 321 BS 322 BS 323 1.62 1.125 1.187 1.25 1.312 1.437 1.5 1.562 1.625 1.687 BS 246 BS 247 BS 248 BS 249 BS 25 4.5 4.625 4.75 4.875 4.75 4.875 5.125 5.25 BS 324 BS 325 BS 326 BS 327 BS 328 1.375 1.5 1.625 1.75 1.875 1.75 1.875 2. 2.125 2.25.72.21 BS 251 BS 252 BS 253 BS 254 BS 255 5.125 5.25 5.375 5.5 5.625 5.375 5.5 5.625 5.75 5.875 BS 329 BS 33 BS 331 BS 332 BS 333 2. 2.125 2.25 2.375 2.375 2.625 2.75 2.875 BS 334 BS 335 BS 336 2.625 2.75 2.875 3. 3.125 3.25 F46

Spiral Solid. E Solid Split. ES laronpolyseal PTFE BackUp Rings To Suit ORings to BS 186 Imperial laron BS 337 BS 338 BS 339 BS 34 BS 341 Nominal imensions Ød 1 Ø 1 T Max. ORing Section 3. 3.375 3.125 3.5 3.25 3.625 3.375 3.75 3.5 3.875 laron BS 425 BS 426 BS 427 BS 428 BS 429 Nominal imensions Ød 1 Ø 1 T Max. ORing Section 4.5 4.625 5.125 4.75 5.25 4.875 5.375 5.5 BS 342 BS 343 BS 344 BS 345 BS 346 3.625 3.75 3.875 4.125 4.125 4.25 4.375 4.5 BS 43 BS 431 BS 432 BS 433 BS 434 5.125 5.25 5.375 5.5 5.625 5.625 5.75 5.875 6. 6.125 BS 347 BS 348 BS 349 BS 35 BS 351 4.25 4.375 4.5 4.625 4.75 4.625 4.75 4.875 5.125 BS 435 BS 436 BS 437 BS 438 BS 439 5.75 5.875 6. 6.25 6.5 6.25 6.375 6.5 6.75 7. BS 352 BS 353 BS 354 BS 355 BS 356 4.875 5.125 5.25 5.375 5.25 5.375 5.5 5.625 5.75 BS 44 BS 441 BS 442 BS 443 BS 444 6.75 7. 7.25 7.5 7.75 7.25 7.5 7.75 8. 8.25 BS 357 BS 358 BS 359 BS 36 BS 361 5.5 5.625 5.75 5.875 6. 5.875 6. 6.125 6.25 6.375 BS 445 BS 445 BS 446 BS 446 BS 447 8. 8.25 8.5 8.75 9. 8.5 8.75 9. 9.25 9.5 BS 362 BS 363 BS 364 BS 365 BS 366 6.25 6.5 6.75 7. 7.25 6.625 6.875 7.125 7.375 7.625.72.21 BS 447 BS 448 BS 448 BS 449 BS 449 9.25 9.5 9.75 1. 1 9.75 1. 1 1 1.14.275 BS 367 BS 368 BS 369 BS 37 BS 371 7.5 7.75 8. 8.25 8.5 7.875 8.125 8.375 8.625 8.875 BS 45 BS 45 BS 451 BS 451 BS 452 1 1 11. 11.25 11.5 11. 11.25 11.5 11.75 12. BS 372 BS 373 BS 374 BS 375 BS 376 8.75 9. 9.25 9.5 9.75 9.125 9.375 9.625 9.875 1 BS 452 BS 453 BS 454 BS 455 BS 456 11.75 12. 1 13. 13.5 12.25 1 13. 13.5 1 BS 377 BS 378 BS 379 BS 38 BS 381 1. 1 11. 11.5 12. 1 1.875 11.375 11.875 12.375 BS 457 BS 458 BS 459 BS 46 BS 461 1 14.5 1 15.5 16. 14.5 1 15.5 16. 16.5 BS 382 BS 383 BS 384 BS 385 BS 386 13. 1 1 16. 17. 13.375 14.375 15.375 16.375 17.375 BS 462 BS 463 BS 464 BS 465 BS 466 16.5 17. 17.5 18. 18.5 17. 17.5 18. 18.5 19. BS 387 BS 388 BS 389 BS 39 BS 391 18. 19. 2. 21. 22. 18.375 19.375 2 21.375 22.375 BS 467 BS 468 BS 469 BS 47 BS 471 19. 19.5 2. 21. 22. 19.5 2. 2 21.5 2 BS 392 BS 393 BS 394 BS 395 23. 2 2 26. 23.375 24.375 25.375 26.375 BS 472 BS 473 BS 474 BS 475 23. 2 2 26. 23.5 24.5 25.5 26.5 F47

Spiral Solid. E Solid Split. ES laronpolyseal PTFE BackUp Rings To Suit ORings to BS 4518 laron BS 3116 BS 4116 BS 5116 BS 6116 BS 7116 BS 8116 BS 9116 BS 1116 BS 11116 BS 12116 BS 13116 BS 14116 BS 15116 BS 16116 BS 17116 Nominal imensions Ød 1 Ø 1 T Max. ORing Section 3.5 6. 4.5 7. 5.5 8. 6.5 9. 7.5 1. 8.5 9.5 1.5 11.5 1 13.5 14.5 15.5 16.5 17.5 11. 12. 13. 14. 1 16. 17. 18. 19. 2. 1.4 1.6 laron BS 1953 BS 2153 BS 2253 BS 2453 BS 2553 BS 2653 BS 2753 BS 2953 BS 3153 BS 3253 BS 3453 BS 3553 Nominal imensions Ød 1 Ø 1 T Max. ORing Section 2 25 22 27 23 25 26 27 28 3 32 33 35 36 28 3 31 32 33 35 37 38 4 41 BS 18116 BS 19116 BS 22116 BS 25116 BS 27116 BS 29116 BS 32116 BS 35116 BS 37116 BS 3624 BS 4624 BS 5624 BS 6624 BS 7624 BS 8624 BS 9624 BS 1624 BS 11624 BS 12624 BS 13624 BS 14624 BS 15624 BS 16624 BS 17624 BS 18624 BS 19624 BS 2624 BS 21624 BS 24624 BS 27624 BS 29624 BS 31624 BS 34624 BS 35624 BS 37624 BS 39624 BS 41624 BS 44624 BS 45624 BS 47624 BS 49624 BS 51624 BS 53624 BS 54624 BS 57624 BS 58624 BS 59624 BS 61624 BS 62624 BS 64624 BS 67624 BS 69624 18.5 19.5 2 25.5 27.5 29.5 3 35.5 37.5 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2 21 22 25 28 3 32 35 36 38 4 42 45 46 48 5 52 54 55 58 59 6 62 63 65 68 7 21. 22. 2 28. 3. 32. 3 38. 4. 8 9 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2 21 22 23 24 25 26 29 32 34 36 39 4 42 44 46 49 5 52 54 56 58 59 62 63 64 66 67 69 72 74 1.4 2.4 BS 3653 BS 3753 BS 3953 BS 4153 BS 4253 BS 4453 BS 4953 BS 5453 BS 5553 BS 5753 BS 5953 BS 6353 BS 6453 BS 6953 BS 7453 BS 7953 BS 8453 BS 8953 BS 9453 BS 9953 BS 1453 BS 1953 BS 11453 BS 11953 BS 12453 BS 12953 BS 13453 BS 13953 BS 14453 BS 14953 BS 15453 BS 15953 BS 16453 BS 16953 BS 17453 BS 17953 BS 18453 BS 18953 BS 19453 BS 19953 BS 2453 BS 2953 BS 21953 BS 22953 BS 23953 37 38 4 42 43 45 5 55 56 58 6 64 65 7 75 8 85 9 95 1 15 11 115 12 125 13 135 14 145 15 155 16 165 17 175 18 185 19 195 2 25 21 22 23 24 42 43 45 47 48 5 55 6 61 63 65 69 7 75 8 85 9 95 1 15 11 115 12 125 13 135 14 145 15 155 16 165 17 175 18 185 19 195 2 25 21 215 225 235 245 1.4 3. BS 24953 25 255 F48

Spiral Solid. E Solid Split. ES laronpolyseal PTFE BackUp Rings To Suit ORings to BS 4518 laron BS 44357 BS 45357 BS 49357 BS 52357 BS 54357 Nominal imensions Ød 1 Ø 1 T Max. ORing Section 45 55 46 56 5 6 53 63 55 65 laron BS 174357 BS 179357 BS 184357 BS 189357 BS 194357 Nominal imensions Ød 1 Ø 1 T Max. ORing Section 175 185 18 19 185 195 19 2 195 25 BS 55357 BS 59357 BS 62357 BS 64357 BS 69357 56 6 63 65 7 66 7 73 75 8 BS 199357 BS 24357 BS 29357 BS 214357 BS 219357 2 25 21 215 22 21 215 22 225 23 BS 74357 BS 79357 BS 84357 BS 89357 BS 94357 BS 99357 BS 14357 BS 19357 BS 114357 BS 119357 75 8 85 9 95 1 15 11 115 12 85 9 95 1 15 11 115 12 125 13 1.8 5.7 BS 229357 BS 239357 BS 249357 BS 259357 BS 269357 BS 279357 BS 289357 BS 299357 BS 319357 BS 339357 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3 32 34 24 25 26 27 28 29 3 31 33 35 1.8 5.7 BS 124357 BS 129357 BS 134357 BS 139357 BS 144357 125 13 135 14 145 135 14 145 15 155 BS 359357 BS 379357 BS 399357 BS 419357 BS 439357 36 38 4 42 44 37 39 41 43 45 BS 149357 BS 154357 BS 159357 BS 164357 BS 169357 15 155 16 165 17 16 165 17 175 18 BS 459357 BS 479357 BS 489357 BS 499357 46 48 49 5 47 49 5 51 F49

laronpolyseal Static Flange Seal FS Imperial laron style FS flange seal is designed to suit the SE J518 range of flanges, and common metric flange sizes. The seal is manufactured in laron's high performance grade of Polyurethane with excellent resistance to extrusion and compression set over a wide temperature range. The design offers many performance advantages over common oring, or rubber based flange seals, including the elimination of the 'pumping effect'. Max. Pressure 4 Bar Temp Range 4 to 11 These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions. Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to ppendix 1 for further information. ontinuous operating temperature for various Fluids U Polyurethane IN Hydraulic Fluid escription H Mineral oil without additives 1 HL Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 1 HLP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 1 HLP Mineral oil as HLP but with detergents and dispersants 1 HV Mineral oil as HLP plus improved viscosity temp. 1 HF E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HF S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 895% 4 HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 4% 4 HF queous polymer solutions. Water content 35% ns HF R Phosphoric acid ester based ns HF S hlorinated hydrocarbon based ns HF T Mixtures of HF R and HF S ns HEPG Polyglycol based ns HETG Vegetable Oil based 6 HEES Fully synthetic ester based 6 For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to ppendix 3. F51

laronpolyseal Static Flange Seal FS laron Nominal Flange Size +.1.1 Ø 1 Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances Nominal Ød 1 +.5.5 L 1 +..25 L 2 +.25.25 S Max. R 1 FSM 335263 FSM 45362 33.5 4 26.3 36.2 2.2 3.3.25.25 3.6 4.4.5.5 F52

laronpolyseal Static Flange Seal FS Imperial SE J518 laron Nominal Flange Size Nominal imensions & Machining Tolerances +.5.5 Ø 1 Nominal Ød 1 +.5.5 L 1 +..1 L 2 +.1.1 S Max. R 1 FS 5 FS 75 FS 1 FS 125 FS 15 1. 1.25 1.5 1. 1.25 1.56 1.75 2.125.67.92 1.23 1.42 1.785.11.11.11.11.11.1.1.1.1.1.165.165.165.165.165.3.3.3.3.3 FS 2 2. 2.16.11.1.165.3 F53

laronpolyseal Other laron Group Products

laronpolyseal laron (Plastics) Ltd. laron (Plastics) Ltd. is the U.K. s largest manufacturer of stock shapes based on P.T.F.E. compounds specifically developed for sealing systems. The quality of this range has also gained the approval and wide spread use of many other industries, including chemical and process plant. Typical machined products include bellows, balls, lantern rings, valve seats, and dip pipes. For further detailed information on the above, or technical design details of specific products, contact: Website www.claron.co.uk laron (Plastics) Ltd. lders Way, Yalberton Industrial Estate, Paignton, evon TQ4 7QL. U.K. Tel: +44 ()183 528677 Fax: +44 ()183 525134 Email: plastics@claron.co.uk laron Hydraulic Services. lders Way, Yalberton Industrial Estate, Paignton, evon TQ4 7QL. U.K. Tel: +44 ()183 528852 Fax: +44 ()183 525134 Email: services@claron.co.uk laron Hydraulic Seals Ltd laron Hydraulic Seals Ltd. manufacture a comprehensive range of high quality hydraulic and pneumatic sealing systems. The range encompasses the latest modern designs including one piece piston seals, Polyurethane rod seals, and wiper seals. The product ranges meet European, merican, and sian housing standards and are manufactured in materials including rubber fabric, Polyurethane, modified P.T.F.E. s and other high performance compounds. laron also provides a range of customer related services including the supply of seal kits packaged to meet the requirements of both production and after market sales. laron Hydraulic Services laron Hydraulic Services manufacture an extensive range of standard seals, Bearing rings, Backup rings, and PTFE ORings supplemented by an unsurpassed capability for custom designed products and the high quality production of complex components to customer specification. laron s knowledge and expertise also includes the use of other specialist engineering plastics such as PTFE, PEEK, UHMWPE, POM, P, etc. and the production of various products in designs and sizes to meet other European, sian, and merican housing standards. For further information on these and any other plastic sealing products, contact: ontact: laron Hydraulic Seals Ltd. Station Road, radley Heath, Warley, West Midlands. B64 6PN U.K. Tel: +44 ()121 559 9711 Fax: +44 ()121 559 136 Email: sales@claronseals.co.uk G1